Exhibit 1: Quote — Alameda City Council, November 7, 2023 (part 1 of 2)

P
REPARED ESPECIALLY FOR:

CITY OF ALAMEDA
Two (2) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc.

Enforcer 1500 GPM Pumpers
Exhibit 1
Product Proposal
Standard Terms and Conditions (Exhibit A)
Product Specifications (Exhibit B)
Product Warranties (Exhibit C)
Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services (Exhibit D)

TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 2
3 4
5 goldenstateﬁre.com
JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

PRODUCT
PROPOSAL1

OPTION A
100% PRE-PAYMENT

This will be the price of the Product(s)
contingent upon the Customer paying the
Grand Total Purchase Price to GSFA within
thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date
pursuant to the Payment Terms

Please note this discount is also available contingent upon a Third Party (Leasing Company) paying 100% of the Grand Total Purchase Price on behalf of the Customer to GSFA within thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date pursuant to the Payment Terms

IF YOU ELECT THIS OPTION,

IT RESULTS IN A SAVINGS OF
($400,938.39) OFF

OF THE GRAND TOTAL OF OPTION B

goldenstatefire.com

7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638

PRODUCT PROPOSAL FOR:

City of Alameda
1300 Park Street
Alameda, CA 94501
Sales Consultant
Ryan Wright
[email protected]
Mobile: (209) 613-3809

Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. (“ GSFA”) is pleased to provide this proposal for the fire apparatus(es) and equipment identified below (the " Product”) to CITY OF ALAMEDA (“Customer ”) for consideration. This proposal (this “ Product Proposal ”) includes the following exhibits attached hereto: the Standard Terms and Conditions attached as Exhibit A (the “Terms and Conditions ”); the Product Specifications attached as Exhibit B (the “Specifications ”); the Product Warranties attached as Exhibit C; and the Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services attached as Exhibit D (the “Dealer Supplied Products/Services List ”) (all of the foregoing, collectively, the “ Agreement ”). Through its signature below or other Acceptance (as defined on page 2), Customer acknowledges having received and read, and agrees to be bound by, the Agreement. The Agreement shall be effective as of the latest date appearing in the signature blocks below (the “ Executed Date”).

PAYMENT TERMS – Customer shall pay the total purchase price set forth directly above (the “ Grand Total Purchase Price”) to GSFA within thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date. If payment of the Grand Total Purchase Price is late, a late fee as specified in section 6 of the Terms and Conditions may be applied, and the Prepayment Discount may be adjusted, and the Grand Total Purcha se Price increased in accordance with section 2.c of the Terms and Conditions. Customer shall pay any balance due as a result of Change Orders as described in the Terms and Conditions.

MANUFACTURER – Customer acknowledges that GSFA is not an agent of the Product manufacturer identified above (“Manufacturer”) and is not capable of binding Manufacturer. Within five (5) business days of the Executed Date, GSFA shall submit an order form to the Manufacturer for the Product. GSFA’s further performance under the Agreement is contingent upon Manufacturer’s acceptance of such order form at the price and on the terms GSFA believed to be available when submitting this Product Proposal to Customer. If Manufacturer rejects such order as submitted or fails to respond to GSFA within a reasonable SUBMITTED DATE EXPIRATION DATE GSFA PROPOSAL # MANUFACTURER BID # MANUFACTURER CONSORTIUM 11/01/2023 12/01/2023 91101-23A 943 Pierce
Manufacturing,
Inc.

Sourcewell #113021-
OKC-1, ID #259,
Member #926

ITEM PRODUCT DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE
A Two (2) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Enforcer 1500 GPM Pumpers 2,570,795.00 B Discount for 100% Payment at Time of Order (the “Prepayment Discount”) (361,213.00) C SUBTOTAL 2,209,582.00
D 10.75% State Sales Tax 237,530.07
E California Tire Fee 21.00
F 100% Performance Bond 5,388.25
G GRAND TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE 2,452,521.32

goldenstatefire.com

7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
amount of time, GSFA shall notify Customer in writing, and unless GSFA and Customer otherwise agree in writing , the Agreement shall then terminate and have no further force or effect.

PRODUCT COMPLETION – The Product shall be ready for final inspection by Customer at the manufacturing facility within approximately 45 to 48 MONTHS after the Executed Date. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal and is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

PREDELIVERY SERVICE – If applicable, after transportation from the manufacturing facility and prior to final delivery or pick up, the Product shall receive those additional Products and/or services identified on the Dealer Supplied Products/Services List. It is estimated that such a service will add approximately 0.5 to 1 MONTH(S) to the above Product completion estimate. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal and is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

PROPOSAL EXPIRATION – This Product Proposal supersedes any previous proposal(s) presented to Customer by GSFA and its employees and may be accepted by Customer on or before the Expiration Date identified above. Unless accepted by the Expiratio n Date, GSFA reserves the right to withdraw this Product Proposal or to alter its terms (including by providing updated Product pricing) prior to an order being accepted.

PURCHASE ORDER – Any PO shall be made out to: Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. – 7400 Reese Road – Sacramento, CA 95828.

ACCEPTANCE – ACCEPTANCE OF THIS PROPOSAL CREATES AN ENFORCEABLE BINDING AGREEMENT BETWEEN GSFA AND CUSTOMER. “ACCEPTANCE” MEANS THAT THE CUSTOMER DELIVERS TO GSFA: (A) A SIGNED COPY OF THIS PRODUCT PROPOSAL, OR (B) A SIGNED COPY OF A PURCHASE ORDER INCORPORATING THE AGREEMENT IN ITS ENTIRETY. ANY ADDITIONAL OR DIFFERENT TERMS, WHETHER CONTAINED IN CUSTOMER’S FORMS OR OTHERWISE PRESENTED BY CUSTOMER AT ANY TIME, ARE HEREBY REJECTED AND OF NO EFFECT UNLESS APPROVED IN WRITING SIGNED BY GSFA.

COUNTERPARTS - This Product Proposal may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original (including copies sent to a party by electronic transmission) as against the party signing such counterpart, but which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. A signed copy of this Product Proposal delivered by facsimile, email or other means of electronic transmission will be deemed to have the same legal effect as delivery of an original signed copy of this Product P roposal.

If this Product Proposal is returned to GSFA with the signature of Customer’s authorized representative but without an attest ation or co-signers signature, then absent Customer’s written notice to the contrary, GSFA shall be entitled to rely on such single signature as sufficient evidence of the signatory’s authority to execute the Agreement and bind Customer thereby.

INTENDING TO CREATE A BINDING AGREEMENT, Customer and GSFA have each caused this Product Proposal dated 11/01/2023, GSFA Proposal Number 91101-23A to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Executed Date.

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY CUSTOMER ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY GSFA

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Signature of Authorized Customer Representative Signature of Authorized GSFA Representative

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Print Name Print Name

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Title Title

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Date Date

OPTION B

PAYMENT AT TIME OF DELIVERY OR PICKUP

This will be the price of the Product(s) contingent
upon the Customer paying the Grand Total
Purchase Price to GSFA at time of delivery or pickup
pursuant to the Payment Terms

goldenstatefire.com

7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638

PRODUCT PROPOSAL FOR:

City of Alameda
1300 Park Street
Alameda, CA 94501
Sales Consultant
Ryan Wright
[email protected]
Mobile: (209) 613-3809

PAYMENT TERMS – Customer shall pay the total purchase price set forth directly above (the “Grand Total Purchase Price”) to GSFA no later than the time of GSFA’s delivery of the applicable Product to Customer’s address listed above ( or Customer’s pick up of such Product at GSFA’s facilities, if approved by GSFA). GSFA shall have no obligation to deliver, or permit pick up of the Product if the Customer does not have full payment ready when the Product is complete and ready to deliver or pick up, as applicable. Customer shall pay any balance due as a result of Change Orders as described in the Terms and Conditions.

MANUFACTURER – Customer acknowledges that GSFA is not an agent of the Product manufacturer identified above (“Manufacturer”) and is not capable of binding Manufacturer. Within five (5) business days of the Executed Date, GSFA shall submit an order form to the Manufacturer for the Product. GSFA’s further performance under the Agreement is contingent upon Manufacturer’s acceptance of such order form at the price and on the terms GSFA believed to be available when submitting this Product Proposal to Customer. If Manufacturer rejects such order as submitted or fails to respond to GSFA within a reasonable amount of time, GSFA shall notify Customer in writing, and unless GSFA and Customer otherwise agree in writing , the Agreement shall then terminate and have no further force or effect.

SUBMITTED DATE EXPIRATION DATE GSFA PROPOSAL # MANUFACTURER BID # MANUFACTURER CONSORTIUM 11/01/2023 12/01/2023 91101-23B 943 Pierce
Manufacturing,
Inc.

Sourcewell #113021-
OKC-1, ID #259,
Member #926

ITEM PRODUCT DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE
A Two (2) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Enforcer 1500 GPM Pumpers 2,570,795.00 B 10.75% State Sales Tax 276,360.46
C California Tire Fee 21.00
D 100% Performance Bond 6,283.25
E GRAND TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE 2,853,459.71

goldenstatefire.com

7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
PRODUCT COMPLETION – The Product shall be ready for final inspection by Customer at the manufacturing facility within approximately 45 to 48 MONTHS after the Executed Date. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal and is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

PURCHASE ORDER – Any PO shall be made out to: Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. – 7400 Reese Road – Sacramento, CA 95828.

INTENDING TO CREATE A BINDING AGREEMENT, Customer and GSFA have each caused this Product Proposal dated 11/01/2023, GSFA Proposal Number 91101-23B to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Executed Date.

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY CUSTOMER ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY GSFA

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Signature of Authorized Customer Representative Signature of Authorized GSFA Representative

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Print Name Print Name

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Title Title

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Date Date
JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

STANDARD TERMS

AND CONDITIONS
Exhibit “A”
2 1

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1. Definitions.

a. “Agreement” has the meaning given in the Product Proposal. b. “Customer” means the customer identified in the Product Proposal. c. “Dealer Preparation ,” if applicable, means additional product(s) and/or services added by GSFA after Manufacturer’s completion of the Product and prior to d elivery, in accordance with the Dealer Supplied Products/Services List.
d. “Dealer Supplied Products/Services List” means the Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services List attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit D, which reflects all Dealer Pre paration under the Agreement absent a valid Change Order(s).
e. “Grand Total Purchase Price ” means the total purchase price for the Product identified in the Product Proposal (subject to any adjustments required or permitted by these Terms and Conditions, including by the execution of a valid Change Order(s).
f. “GSFA” means Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc., a California corporation. g. “Manufacturer” means the person or persons, company, firm, corporation, partnership, or other organization identified in the Product Proposal as responsible for manufacturing the Product . h. “Party” or “Parties” means GSFA and/or Customer, as applicable. i. “Prepayment Discount” means a discount to the purchase price for the Product granted to Customer in connection with Customer’s advance payment of the Grand Total Purchase Price (or portion thereof, as specified in the Product Proposal).
j. “Product” means the fire apparatus(es) and any associated equipment listed in the Product Proposal and further described in the Specifications.
k. “Product Completion” m eans the fire apparatus(es) in the Product Proposal and further described in the Specifications being ready for final inspection by Customer at the manufacturing facility. l. “Product Proposal” means the GSFA proposal executed by Customer to which these Terms and Conditions are attached.
m. “Product Warranties ” means the Manufacturer warranties for the Product attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit C.
n. “Specifications” means the specifications for the Product attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit B. o. “Terms and Conditions ” means these Standard Terms and Conditions , which are attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit A.

2. Purchase and Payment.

a. Purchase. Customer agrees to purchase the Product a t the Grand Total Purchase Price (as such amount may be adjusted in accordance with these Terms and Conditions) , pursuant to the payment terms set forth in the Product Proposal. The Grand Total Purchase Price is payable in U.S. dollars.

b. Contingency Reserve Fund. The Grand Total Purchase Price may include an amount to be set aside for the purpose of funding any future costs or financial obligations incurred by Customer under the Product Proposal or any valid Change Order(s) (the “Contingency Reserve Fund”). If applicable, the amount of any required Contingency Reserve Fund will be set forth in either the Product Proposal or Exhibit D. The Contingency Reserve Fund may be withdrawn against by Customer or GSFA for the purpose of satisfying Customer’s payment obligations under the initial Product Proposal or any valid Change Order (s) (including, without limitation, a Change Order submitted by GSFA pursuant to Section 8.b). If a Contingency Reserve Fund is required under the Agreement, the amount of such fund is not intended as an estimate of the actual additional costs of contingencies, Change Orders, unforeseen items or other required work that may be incurred under the Agreement after submis sion of the Product Proposal to Customer, which amounts Customer acknowledges may exceed the Contingency Reserve Fund amount. The balance of any Contingency Reserve Fund will be credited against Customer’s payment obligations, or otherwise returned to 2 Customer within thirty (30) calendar days of delivery of all Products under the Agreement (provided that Customer has paid all amounts owed under the Agreement as of such date).

c. Prepayment Discount . If GSFA has granted Customer a Prepayment Discount, Customer must provide each associated prepayment (each, a “ Prepayment”) within the time frame specified in the Product Proposal in order to receive such discount . Customer’s failure to timely make such Prepayment may result in : (i) GSFA’s termination of the Agreement; and/or (ii) Customer’s loss of the Prepayment Discount for the portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price represented by such outstanding Prepayment and the application of a late f ee as set forth in Section 6, in each case in GSFA’s sole discretion.

d. State Sales Tax . Customer shall be responsible for the cost of state sales tax associated with, or attributable to, the Product. The taxes stated in the Product Proposal are subject to adjustment for the applicable state sales tax rate in effect at the time of delivery. Therefore, the sales tax set forth on the Product Proposal is only an estimate of such taxes and will be increased or decreased at the time of d elivery if a c hange in the applicable sales tax rate has occurred, in which case Customer shall pay GSFA (or be refunded by GSFA) the difference in the applicable sales tax.

3. Product Completion Date . Within thirty (30) calendar days of the date on which the last required signatory executes the Product Proposal (such date, the “Executed Date”), GSFA shall submit to Customer a tentative Product completion date (which may differ from the Product completion estimate contained in the Product Proposal) . Due to global su pply chain constraints, any P roduct completion date contained herein, or in the Product Proposal , or otherwise provided to Customer , is a good faith estimate only as of the date provided to Customer, and merely an approximation based on current information available to GSFA and Manufacturer. Customer shall not be entitled to rely on any such estimate, and GSFA shall have no liability to Customer for a failure by GSFA or Manufacturer to meet any such estimate. All Product completion estimates are subject to modification and, if applicable, GSFA will provide updates to such estimates to Customer when available.

4. Stock / Demo Units. Notwithstanding any other provision contained in the Agreement (including Section 12 hereof concerning warranties), any Products constituting stock/demo unit(s) are sold to Customer on an as -is, first-come and first served-basis and GSFA makes no further representation or warranty to any customer with respect to such unit(s). Regardless of the terms of the Product Proposal, GSFA shall only be obligated to sell such stock/demo unit(s) to the first customer to enter into a purchase agreement with GSFA identifying such unit(s), and after the execution by GSFA of such agreement any subsequent purchase agreement (including the Agreement, as applicable) shall have no further force or effect with respect to such unit(s).

5. Multiple Unit Purchase. If the Grand Total Purchase Price includes pricing for multiple Products, the Product price stated in the Product Proposal shall only be valid if the quantity of Products being proposed are purchased at the same time, pursuant to the same Agreement. GSFA shall have no obligation to offer the same price for any Product if purchased by Customer pursuant to a later purchase agreement.

6. Late Fee; Storage Fee. A late fee equal to 0.033% of the outstanding portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price will be charged per calendar day for overdue payments beginning ten (1 0) calendar days after the payment is due and continuing for the first thirty (30) calendar days thereafter. After such thirty (30) calendar day period , the late fee shall increase to 0.044% per calendar day until payment of the outstanding portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price is received. If Customer is unable to satisfy the delivery requirements hereunder or is unwilling to take delivery of the Product, then GSFA shall be entitled to a storage charge running from the earlier of: (i) the date of d elivery agreed to between GSFA and Customer (provided GSFA is willing and able to deliver the Product on such date) , or (ii) twenty-one (21) calendar days after GSFA notifies Customer that the Product is available for delivery. The storage charge is equal to: (i) $175.00 per calendar day per apparatus stored, or (ii) the actual charges incurred by GSFA with a third party for storage of the Product, whichever is greater. Such storage charge shall continue until the actual time of delivery and Customer’s possession of the Product , and any such storage by GSFA or such third party shall be at the sole risk of Customer.

3 7. Delivery; Inspection and Acceptance.

a. Delivery. Subject to Section 5 hereof, the Product is scheduled to be delivered to the location and within the time period specified in the Product Proposal . Such delivery date is an estimate, and GSFA is , notwithstanding this Section 7.a, not bound to such date unless it otherwise agrees in a separate writing to complete delivery by a date certain. For the avoidance of doubt, GSFA is not responsible for delivery delays caused by or because of actions, omissions or conduct of Customer, the Manufacturer, or their respective employees, affiliates, suppliers, contractors, and carriers. Risk of loss for the Product shall pass to Customer at the point and time of delivery (which shall include an attempted delivery by GSFA which cannot be completed due to any act of Customer). However, title to the Product shall only pass to Customer upon d elivery if Customer has then fully paid GSFA all amounts due hereunder (including additional amounts due under any valid Change Order). Absent GSFA’s separate written agreement, which it may or may not provide in its sole and absolute discretion, delivery of the Product will not occur before Customer has fully paid all amounts due under the Agreement and provided proof of insurance reasona bly satisfactory to GSFA . If GSFA permits Customer to take possession of the Product, Customer may not mount equipment, conduct training, or place the Product into service until all amounts due under the Agreement have been paid. If Customer has ordered mu ltiple Products, GSFA reserves the right to deliver such Products in installments and to separately invoice Customer for such Products.

b. Inspection and Acceptance . Upon delivery, Customer shall have ten (10) calendar days within which to inspect the Product for substantial conformance to the Specifications, and in the event of substantial non- conformance to the Specifications to furnish GSFA with written notice sufficient to permit GSFA to evaluate such non-conformance (“ Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications ”). Contingent upon part availability and Customer’s cooperation, any Product not in substantial conformance to material Specifications shall be remedied by GSFA (by repair or replacement, at GSFA’s election) within thirty (30) calendar days from GSFA’s receipt of the Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications. In the event GSFA does not receive a Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications within ten (10) calendar days of d elivery, the Product will be d eemed to be in conformance with Specifications and accepted by Customer.

8. Changes to Agreement Terms.

a. Change Orders . The Customer may request that GSFA incorporate a change to the Product or the Specifications for the Product, or GSFA may submit changes to the Agreement required or permitted to be made by GSFA (pursuant to Section 8.b or otherwise) by delivering a written Change Order to the other party hereto , which shall include a description of the proposed change sufficien t to permit the receiving party to evaluate such change (either, a “Change Order”). For any Change Order submitted by Customer, GSFA will provide Customer a written response (a “Response”) stating (i) whether GSFA will accommodate such Change Order (which GSFA may decide in its sole and absolute discretion) ; and (ii) the terms of the modification to the order, including any increase or decrease in the Grand Total Purchase Price resulting from such Change Order, a date on which any increase in the Grand Total Purchase Price must be paid, and an estimate of any effect on production scheduling or delivery resulting from such Change Order. Customer shall have seven (7) calendar days after receipt of the Response to notify GSFA as to whether Customer desires to make the changes GSFA has approved in the Response . In the event Customer countersigns GSFA’s Response, Customer shall pay the increase (or be refunded the decrease) in the Grand Total Purchase Price by the date specified in the Response. GSFA may also send Customer a Change Order to account for any changes t o the Agreement required or permitted to be made by GSFA (including those changes required pursuant to Section 8.b hereof), and such Change Order shall be effective upon d elivery to Customer unless Customer elects to terminate the applicable Product order under the Agreement in accordance with Section 9.

b. Additional Changes.

i. Component Price Volatility ; Increases Imposed by Manufacturer. GSFA shall not be responsible for (i) any unforeseen price increase or surcharge enacted by suppliers of major components of the Product (including but not limited to commercial chassis, engine, transmission, and fire pump); or (ii) price increases imposed on GSFA by Manufacturer pursuant to Manufacturer’s terms and conditions for sale of the Product (a “Manufacturer 4 Price Increase”), after Customer becomes bound by t he Agreement. Customer shall be responsible for all amounts arising from a ny price increases for major components of the Product (including all associated taxes and fees thereon) for the Product or any Manufacturer Price Increases occurring after the execution of the Agreement which increases the cost of the Product to GSFA , and such amounts will be documented on a Change Order adjusting the Grand Total Purchase Price accordingly . Customer shall pay any such price increase prior to Product delivery. A Manufacturer Price Increase may include, but shall not be limited to, an increase in Product price resulting from an increase in the Producer Price Index of Components for Manufacturing (see www.bls.gov Series ID: WPUID6112) in excess of a compounded annual growth rate of five percent (5%), as measured between the month Manufacturer accepts the applicable Product order and the month that is fourteen (14) months prior to the then-current estimated Product completion date (the foregoing, a “ PPI-Based Price Increase”). If, upon Customer’s receipt of a Change Order reflecting a PPI-Based Price Increase, Customer elects to terminate the applicable Product Order in accordance with Section 8.b.iii rather than pay such increase, then in lieu of the cancellation fees described in Section 9.a hereof GSFA shall be entitled to recover and Customer shall pay GSFA’s actual non- reimbursable costs incurred in connection with the Product order through the date of Customer’s termination of such Product order.

ii. New Legal Standards. In the event the Product design, materials or specifications require an alteration arising from new regulations issued by any governmental entity or trade association, including, but not limited to, the NFPA, DOT, and EPA , and such alteration increases the cost of the Product to GSFA, Customer shall be responsible for changes to the Grand Total Purchase Price arising from such alteration. GSFA shall promptly notify Customer when it becomes aware of any potential or required change in regulations occurring prior to delivery that would impact the Product purchased.

iii. Change Orders. Customer shall execute any Change Order submitted by GSFA documenting any of the changes required or permitted by Sections 8.b.i and 8.b.ii above (which shall, to the extent practicable, itemize any increases in the Grant Total Purchase Price and specify a commercially reasonable date by which Customer must pay such increase), unless Customer instead elects to terminate the applicable Product order under the Agreement within fifteen (15 ) calendar days of Customer’s receipt of such Change Order and in accord ance with Section 9.

Absent such a termination , failure to execute a Change Order does not alter Customer’s obligations under this Section 8.b.

c. Changes in Commercial Specifications. Specifications for all components of the Product manufactured by companies other than the Manufacturer are subject to change without notice. Specifications for such components will be as available at the time of manufacture of the Product. GSFA shall not b e liable for any deviations in such specifications arising from a substitution of components or changes in the design of any component by their original manufacturer.

9. Termination.

a. By Customer. Customer may terminate a Product order identified in the Product Proposal or a Change Order by providing written notice to GSFA in accordance with Section 16 hereof. If Customer elects to terminate a Product order, Customer shall pay GSFA a cancellation fee as follows: (a) afte r the Product order is accepted and entered by GSFA , 10% of the portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price applicable to such Product (including all associated taxes, fees and costs) (such amount, the “ Product Purchase Price ”); (b) after completion of the p re- construction phase of the order process , 20% of the Product Purchase Price ; and (c) after the requisition of any materials or commencement of any manufacturing or assembly of the Product by either GSFA or Manufacturer but before substantial completion of such Product, 50% of the Product Purchase Price. Customer shall not be permitted to terminate a Product order after substantial completion of manufacturing and assembly of such Product (excluding any Dealer Preparation or other pre -delivery services or untypical Product customization, if applicable).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the applicable tier of cancellation fee is not sufficient to cover all actual costs and fees incurred by GSFA with Manufacturer in connection with Customer’s termination of the Product order (“Manufacturer Termination Fees”), then in addition to such cancellation fee Customer shall pay the balance of all Manufacturer Termination Fees. If Customer received a Prepayment Discount, such discount shall not be considered for the purpose of calculating the above cancellation fee. The tier of cancellation fee applicable to any cancellation , 5 as well as the determination of whether a Product has reached substantial completion, shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of GSFA. Customer may request a fee waiver, and GSFA, in its sole discretion, may agree to waive and/or adjust such fee. GSFA will return the balance of the Grand Total Purchase Price or Product Purchase Price, as applicable, within thirty (30) calendar days of the effective date of the cancellation of the Product order or termination of the Agreement.

Customer may terminate the Agreement for an Event of Default by GSFA after providing GSFA with written notice in accordance with Section 16 (which notice shall describe with reasonably particularity the Event of Default justifying such termination) if such Event of Default remains uncured (if capable of cure) thirty (30) days following GSFA’s receipt of such notice; provided, however, that the foregoing cure period shall continue if and for so long as GSFA has commenced and is continuing to undertake commercially reasonable efforts to cure such Event of Default as promptly as reasonably practicable.

b. By GSFA . GSFA may terminate the Agreement for an Event of Default by Customer after providing Customer with written notice in accordance with Section 16 (which notice shall describe with reasonably particularity the Event of Default justifying such termination) if such Event of Default remains uncured (if capable of cure) thirty (30) days following Customer’s receipt of such notice; provided, however, that the foregoing cure period shall continue if and for so long as Customer has commenced and is continuing to undertake commercially reasonable efforts to cure such Event of Default as promptly as reasonably practicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, GSFA may terminate the Agreement effective immediately upon written notice to Customer for Customer’s failure to pay any amount owed under the Agreement when due .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if Customer terminates a Product order in accordance with Section 9.a above, GSFA may elect to instead terminate the Agreement upon notice to Customer in accordance with Section 16 hereof. If GSFA terminates the Agreement in accordance with this Section 9 .b, Customer shall pay the applicable tier of cancellation fee for all Products pursuant to Section 9.a above as if Customer had elected to terminate each applicable Product order.

c. Based on Discontinuation or Cancellation by Manufacturer . In the event that Manufacturer cancels a Product order (provided that such cancellation is not the result of an act by Customer in violation of the Agreement) or discontinues the manufacture of a Product pri or to its completion and d elivery: (i) if such Product is the only Product contemplated under the Agreement, then the Agreement shall terminate; or (ii) if additional Products are contemplated under the Agreement, then only the Product order for the applic able cancelled or discontinued Product shall be terminated . Such Agreement termination or Product termination , as applicable, shall be effective upon GSFA’s written notice to Customer of such cancellation or discontinuance in accordance with Section 16 hereof.

GSFA’s only obligation to Customer in such event shall be the return of any Prepayment paid by Customer for the cancelled or discontinued Product . For the avoidance of doubt, the cancellation fees contemplated in Section 9.a hereof shall not apply in the event of a termination pursuant to this Section 9.c .

10. Customer’s Obligations . Customer shall provide its timely and best efforts to cooperate wi th GSFA and Manufacturer during the Product manufacturing process. Reasonable and timely cooperation includes, without limitation, Customer’s providing timely information in response to any requests from Manufacturer or GSFA and the participation of Customer’s authorized representatives in traveling to Manufacturer’s facility for inspections and approval of the Product, including a final approval before the Product leaves Manufacturer’s facility .

11. Representations and Warranties . Customer hereby represents and warrants to GSFA as of the Executed Date that the execution of the Agreement and the purchase of the Product(s) and performance of the other obligations of Customer under the Agreement have been approved by Customer in accordance with applicable general laws and, as applicable, Customer’s charter, ordinances , purchasing policies, and other governing documents, and executed by the appropriate Customer employees, officials, and/or representatives , and fundi ng for Customer’s performance of its obligations under the Agreement has been duly budgeted and appropriated by Customer.

6 12. Standard Warranty . All applicable M anufacturer warranties are contained in the Product Warranties . Any additional warranties must be expressly approved in a writing signed by GSFA, and Customer acknowledges and agrees that Manufacturer will not be liable for any such additional warranties .

a. Disclaimer. OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THE AGREEMENT, GSFA, ITS AFFILIATES, AND THEIR

RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, SHAREHOLDERS, AGENTS, OR REPRESENTATIVES, DO NOT MAKE

ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT (WHETHER RELATING TO THE CONDITION

OR QUALITY OF THE PRODUCT, OR OTHERWISE) PROVIDED HEREUNDER OR OTHERWISE REGARDING THE

AGREEMENT (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WITH RESPECT TO ANY APPLICABLE DEALER PREPARATION) , WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, ANY

IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF MERCHANTABILITY, THE IMPLIED WARRANTY AGAINST INFRINGEMENT, THE

IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE , AND ANY IMPLI ED WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE ARE EXPRESSLY EXCLUDED AND DISCLAIMED.

STATEMENTS MADE BY SALES CONSULTANTS OR IN PROMOTIONAL MATERIALS DO NOT CONSTITUTE WARRANTIES.

b. Exclusions of Incidental and Consequential Damages . In no event shall GSFA be liable for consequential, incidental, or punitive damages incurred by Customer in connection with any matter arising out of or relating to the Agreement, or the breach thereof, even if GSFA has been advised of the possibility of such damages, and regardless of whether such damages arise out of breach of warranty, the Agreement , indemnity, whether resulting from non- delivery or from GSFA’s own negligence, or otherwise, except and solely to the extent such damages arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of GSFA.

13. Default. The occurrence of one or more of the following events (each, an “Event of Default”) shall constitute a default under the Agreement: (a) Customer’s failure t o pay any amounts due or to perform any of its obligations under the Agreement; (b) GSFA’s failure to perform any of its obligations under the Agreement; (c) either Party becoming insolvent or becoming subject to bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings; (d) any representation made by either Party u nder the Agreement which is false in any material respect; (e) any action by Customer to dissolve, merge, consolidate or transfer a substantial portion of its property to another entity during the term of the Agreement; (f) any other material breach of the terms of the Agreement by a Party; or (g ) a default or breach by Customer under any other agreement with GSFA or its affiliates.

14. Indemnification of GSFA . Customer shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless GSFA, its agents, servants, successors and assigns from and against all losses, damages, injuries, claims, demands and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and other legal expenses, of whatever nature (“Damages”), to the extent Damages arise out of or in connection with: (i) Customer’s breach of the Agreement, or (ii) Customer’s use, storage, or operation of the Product following delivery, regardless of where, how, and by whom operated (excluding any negligent operation by GSFA ).

The indemnification and assumptions of liability and obligation herein provided shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding the termination of the Agreement, whether by expiration of time, by operation of law or otherwise.

This provision is not intended to and shall not constitute the exclusive remedy of the P arties under the Agreement; the Parties may seek indemnity from one another under other legal principles, whether based in equity or law, so long as they do not nullify or cancel the effects of this paragraph.

15. Force Majeure. GSFA shall not be responsible nor deemed to be in default of any provision of the Agreement on account of delays in performance due to causes which are beyond GSFA’s or Manufacturer’s control and which make GSFA’s performance impracticable, including but not limited to wars, insurrections, strikes or labor unrest, riots, fires, storms, floods, other acts of nature, explosions, earthquakes, accidents, any act of federal, state or local government, failure or delays in transportation, inability to obtain necessary labor , supplies or manufacturing facilities, supply chain issues, allocation regulations or orders affecting materials, equipment, facilities or completed products, failure to obtain any required license or certificates, acts of God or the public enemy or terror ism, failure of transportation, disease, pandemics or epidemics, quarantine restrictions, failure of vendors (due to causes similar to those within the scope of this clause) to perform their agreements or labor troubles causing cessation, slowdown, or interruption of work.

7 16. Notice. Any notices, requests, consents, claims, demands, waivers and other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder must be given in writing at the address of each Party set forth below, or t o such other address as either Party may substitute by written notice to the other in accordance with this Section 16 , by one of the following methods: hand delivery; registered, express, or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or nationally recognized private express courier. All such communications will be deemed to have been given: (i) when delivered by hand (with written confirmation of receipt); (ii) on the third (3rd) calendar day after the date mailed, by registered, express or certifi ed mail; or (iii) when delivered by the addressee if sent by a nationally recognized private express courier.

GSFA: CUSTOMER:

Golden State Fire Apparatus Inc. To the address listed in the Product Proposal 7400 Reese Road
Sacramento, CA 95828

17. Contradictions. In the event of a conflict between the Agreement and any Change Order, or between Change Orders, the terms of the latest executed Change Order shall control.

18. Manufacturer’s Statement of Origin . It is agreed that the manufacturer’s statement of origin (“ MSO”) for the Product covered by the Agreement, if applicable, shall be retained and remain in the possession of GSFA per California Department of Vehicles (DMV) directive s. Notwithstanding the for egoing, GSFA shall provide Customer with the original MSO if the Customer is self- registering, and Customer shall comply with all good-faith Process of Duty and other DMV requirements applicable to the Product and retain its own MSO.

19. Assignment. The relationship of the Parties established under the Agreement is that of independent contractors and neither Party is a partner, employee, agent, or joint venturer of or with the other. Neither Party may assign its rights and obligations under the Agreement unless it has obtained the prior written approval of the other P arty.

20. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Disputes. Without regard to any conflict of laws provisions, the Agreement is to be governed by and under the laws of the state of California. Prior to taking any legal action that may and/or can arise out of the Agreement, the Parties shall first attempt mediation with an agreed upon mediator. If the Parties cannot agree upon a mediator within thirty (30) calendar days of the submission of written notice of a dispute in accordance with Section 16 hereof, if any disputed matter remain unresolved within thirty (30) calendar days of the commencement of discussions, or if any party refuses to meet, then either party may submit any remaining disputes concerning and/or claim regarding the Agreement and/or the terms and conditions herein to the Superior Court, County of Sacramento (and the parties expressly consent to exclusive personal jurisdiction and venue before such court).

21. Entire Agreement; Amendments . The Agreement, including t he Product Proposal, its exhibits, and all valid Change Orders, is the exclusive agreement between the Parties regarding the subject matter contained herein and therein. No change in, modi fication of, or revision of the Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of both Parties with authority to sign such amendments to the Agreement.

END OF STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS

JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

PRODUCT

SPECIFICATIONS
Exhibit “B”
3 Proposal Details Report
OptionCode
Type
Option
ProposalText
0766611
Boiler Plates, Pumper

Golden State Fire Apparatus
is pleased to submit a proposal to
Alameda City FD
for a
Pierce®
triple combination pumper
per your request for quotation. The following paragraphs will describe in detail the apparatus, construction methods, and equipment proposed. This proposal will indicate size, type, model and make of components parts and equipment, providing proof of compliance with each and every item (except where noted) in the departments advertised specifications.

PIERCE MANUFACTURING was founded in
1913
. Since then we have been building bodies with
one philosophy, "BUILD THE FINEST". Our skilled craftsmen take pride in their work, which is reflected, in the final product. We have been building fire apparatus since the early "forties" giving Pierce Manufacturing over
75 years of experience in the fire apparatus market. Pierce Manufacturing has built and put into service more than
62,500
apparatus, including more than
33,900
on Pierce custom chassis designed and built specifically for fire and emergency applications. Our Appleton, Wisconsin facility has over 870,000
total square feet of floor space
situated on approximately
105
acres of land. Our Bradenton, Florida facility has
300,000
square
feet of floor space situated on approximately
38 acres of land.

Our beliefs in high ethical standards are carried through in all of our commitments and to everyone with whom we do business. Honesty, Integrity, Accountability and Citizenship are global tenets by which we all live and work. Consequently, we neither engage in, nor have we ever been convicted of price fixing, bid rigging, or collusion in any domestic or international fire apparatus market.

Pierce has only one brand of fire apparatus "Pierce", ensuring you are receiving top of the line product that meets your specification.

In accordance with the current edition of applicable NFPA standards, this proposal will specify whether the fire department, manufacturer, or apparatus dealership will provide required loose equipment.

Images and illustrative material in this proposal are as accurate as known at the time of publication, but are subject to change without notice. Images and illustrative material is for reference only, and may include optional equipment and accessories and may not include all standard equipment.

GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
To control quality, ensure compatibility, and provide a single source for service and warranty, the custom cab, chassis, pump module and body will be entirely designed, assembled/welded and painted in Pierce owned manufacturing facilities. This includes, but not limited to the cab weldment, the pumphouse module assembly, the chassis assembly, the body and the electrical system.

QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP
Pierce has set the pace for quality and workmanship in the fire apparatus field. Our tradition of building the highest quality units with craftsmen second to none has been the rule right from the beginning and we demonstrate that ongoing commitment by: Ensuring all steel welding follows American Welding Society D

1.1-2004
recommendations for structural steel welding. All aluminum welding follows American Welding society and ANSI D

1.2-2003
requirements for structural
welding of aluminum. All sheet metal welding follows American welding Society B

2.1-2000

requirements for structural welding of sheet metal. Our flux core arc welding uses alloy rods, type 7000
and is performed to American Welding Society standards A

5.20 -E
70 T
1 . Furthermore, all
employees classified as welders are tested and certified to meet the American welding Society codes upon hire and every three (
3 ) years thereafter. Pierce also employs and American Welding Society certified welding inspector in plant during working hours to monitor weld quality.

Pierce Manufacturing operates a Quality Management System under the requirements of ISO 9001
. These standards sponsored by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) specify the quality systems that are established by the manufacturer for design, manufacture, installation and service. A copy of the certificate of compliance is included with this proposal.

In addition to the Quality Management system, we also employ a Quality Achievement Supplier program to insure the vendors and suppliers that we utilize meet the high standards we demand.

That is just part of our overall "Quality at the Source" program at Pierce.

To demonstrate the quality of our products and services, a list of at least twenty (
20 )
fire
departments/municipalities that have purchased vehicles for a second time is provided.

DELIVERY
The apparatus will be delivered under its own power to insure proper break-in of all components while the apparatus is still under warranty.

A qualified delivery representative shall deliver the
apparatus and remain for a sufficient length of time to instruct personnel in proper operation, care and maintenance of the equipment delivered.

MANUAL AND SERVICE INFORMATION
At time of delivery, complete operation and maintenance manuals covering the apparatus will be provided. A permanent plate will be mounted in the driver's compartment specifying the quantity and type of fluids required including engine oil, engine coolant, transmission, pump transmission lubrication, pump primer and drive axle.

SAFETY VIDEO
At the time of delivery Pierce will also provide one (
1 )
39 -minute, professionally produced
apparatus safety video, in DVD format. This video will address key safety considerations for personnel to follow when they are driving, operating, and maintaining the apparatus, including the following: vehicle pre-trip inspection, chassis operation, pump operation, aerial operation, and safety during maintenance.

PERFORMANCE TESTS
9/18/2023
Customer:

ALAMEDA CITY FIRE

DEPARTMENT
Bid Number:
943
Representative
Klockzien, Dave
Job Number:

Requirements Manager:

Organization:

Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Description:

Enforcer Pumper (32136 Duplic
Chassis:

Enforcer Chassis
Body:

Pumper, Medium, Aluminum, 2nd Gen
1 943
Bid #:

A road test will be conducted with the apparatus fully loaded and a continuous run of no less than ten (
10 ) miles. During that time the apparatus will show no loss of power nor will it overheat. The transmission drive shaft or shafts and the axles will run quietly and be free of abnormal vibration or noise. The apparatus when fully loaded will not have less than 25 percent nor more than
50 percent on the front axle, and not less than
50 percent nor more than
75 percent on the rear axle.

The apparatus will meet the current edition of applicable NFPA standards acceleration and braking requirements.

SERVICE AND WARRANTY SUPPORT
Pierce dealership support will be provided by
Golden State Emergency Vehicle Services
by
operating
a Pierce authorized service center. The service center will have factory-trained mechanics on staff versed in Pierce fire apparatus. The service facility will be located within one
hundred (
100
) miles
of the fire department.

In addition to the dealership, Pierce has service facilities located in both, Weyauwega, Wisconsin and Bradenton, Florida. Pierce also maintains a dedicated parts facility of over 100,000
square
feet in Appleton, Wisconsin. The parts facility stocks in excess of $5,000,000
in parts dedicated to
service and replacement parts. The parts facility employs a staff dedicated solely for the distribution and shipment of service and replacement parts.

Service parts for the apparatus being proposed can be found via Pierceparts.com which, is an interactive online tool that delivers information regarding your specific apparatus as well as the opportunity to register for training classes.

As a Pierce customer you have the ability to view the complete bill of materials for your specific apparatus, including assembly drawings, piece part drawings, and beneficial parts notations. You will also have the ability to search the complete Pierce item master through a parts search function which offers all Pierce SKU's and descriptions offered on all Pierce apparatus. Published component catalogs, which include proprietary systems along with an extensive operators manual library is available for easy reference.

Pierce Manufacturing maintains a dedicated service and warranty staff of over 35 personnel,
dedicated to customer support, which also maintains a
24 hour
7 day a week toll free hot line,
four (
4 ) on staff EVTs, and offers hands-on repair and maintenance training classes multiple times a year.

LIABILITY
The successful bidder will defend any and all suits and assume all liability for the use of any patented process including any device or article forming a part of the apparatus or any appliance furnished under the contract.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY BIDDER

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three ( 3 ) years
following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial general liability insurance:

Each Occurrence
$1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate
$1,000,000
Personal and Advertising Injury
$1,000,000
General Aggregate
$2,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form and will include Contractual Liability coverage for bodily injury and property damage subject to the terms and conditions of the policy. The policy will include Owner as an additional insured when required by written contract.

COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial automobile liability insurance and coverage will be written on a Commercial Automobile liability form:

Each Accident Combined Single Limit:
$1,000,000

UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three ( 3 ) years
following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance:

Aggregate:
$3,000,000
Each Occurrence:
$3,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and at a minimum provide excess to the bidder's General Liability and Automobile Liability policies.

The required limits can be provided by one (
1 ) or more policies provided all other insurance
requirements are met.

Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

All policies will provide a
30 -day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance will provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions.

Bidder agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as certificate holder.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER

PRODUCT LIABILITY INSURANCE
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three ( 3 ) years following
acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of Product Liability insurance:

Each Occurrence
$1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate
$1,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form. The manufacturer's policy will include the owner as additional insured when required by written contract between the Owner and a Pierce authorized dealer.

UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three ( 3 ) years following
acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance:

Each Occurrence:
$25,000,000
Aggregate:
$25,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and provide excess to the manufacturer's General Liability/Products policies.
2 943
Bid #:

The required limits can be provided by one (
1 ) or more policies provided all other insurance
requirements are met.

Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

Manufacturer agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as the certificate holder. 0661794
Single Source Compliance

SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER
Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. provides an integrated approach to the design and manufacture of our products that delivers superior apparatus and a dedicated support team. From our facilities, the chassis, cab weldment, cab, pumphouse (including the sheet metal enclosure, valve controls, piping and operators panel) and body will be entirely designed, tested, and hand assembled to the customer's exact specifications. The electrical system either hardwired or multiplexed, will be both designed and integrated by Pierce Manufacturing. The warranties relative to these major components (excluding component warranties such as engine, transmission, axles, pump, etc.) will be provided by Pierce as a single source manufacturer. Pierce's single source solution adds value by providing a fully engineered product that offers durability, reliability, maintainability, performance, and a high level of quality.
0584456
Manufacture Location, Appleton,
Wisconsin
Your apparatus will be manufactured in Appleton, Wisconsin. 0584452
RFP Location: Appleton, Wisconsin

0588609
Vehicle Destination, US
0670275
Unit to be Similar in some Aspects,
Excluding Pump Panel

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
The apparatus being proposed will be designed and built to match the body matching
32136
, Cab
interior similar to
38912
. However, some variation may be necessary due to changes in our manufacturing processes or our product offering. Revisions in NFPA guidelines and/or other regulations may also affect our ability to match the previous unit. 0610784
Comply NFPA 1901 Changes
Effective Jan 1, 2016, With
Exceptions
NFPA
2016

STANDARDS
This unit will comply with the NFPA standards effective January 1 ,
2016
, except for fire
department directed exceptions. These exceptions will be set forth in the Statement of Exceptions.

Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces will be supplied with delivery of the apparatus.

All horizontal surfaces designated as a standing or walking surface that are greater than

48.00 "
above the ground must be defined by a

1.00 " wide line along its outside perimeter. Perimeter markings and designated access paths to destination points will be identified on the customer approval print and are shown as approximate. Actual location(s) will be determined based on materials used and actual conditions at final build. Access paths may pass through hose storage areas and opening or removal of covers or restraints may be required. Access paths may require the operation of devices and equipment such as the aerial device or ladder rack.

A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated will be provided. This plate will show the overall height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating.

The manufacturer will have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and performance for any staff involved with certifications.

An official of the company will designate, in writing, who is qualified to witness and certify test results.
0533347
Pumper/Pumper with Aerial Device
Fire Apparatus
0588611
Vehicle Certification, Pumper

3 943
Bid #:

0661778
Agency, Apparatus Certification,
Pumper/Tanker, U.L.

NFPA COMPLIANCY
Apparatus proposed by the bidder will meet the applicable requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) as stated in current edition at time of contract execution. Fire department's specifications that differ from NFPA specifications will be indicated in the proposal as "non-NFPA".

PUMP TEST
Underwriters Laboratory (UL) will test, approved, and certify the pump. The test results and the pump manufacturer's certification of hydrostatic test; the engine manufacturer's certified brake horsepower curve; and the pump manufacturer's record of pump construction details will be forwarded to the Fire Department.

GENERATOR TEST
If the unit has a generator, Underwriters Laboratory (UL) will test, approved, and certify the generator. The test results will be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery.

BREATHING AIR TEST
If the unit has breathing air, Pierce Manufacturing will draw an air sample from the air system and have the sample certified that the air quality meets the requirements of NFPA 1989
,
Standard
on
Breathing Air Quality for Fire and Emergency Services Respiratory Protection. 0891947
Certification, Vehicle Inspection
Program, NFPA 1901

VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM CERTIFICATION
To assure the vehicle is built to current NFPA
1901
standards, the apparatus, in its entirety, will
be third-party, independent, audit-certified through Underwriters Laboratory (UL) that it is built and complies to all applicable standards in the current edition. The certification includes: all design, production, operational, and performance testing of not only the apparatus, but those components that are installed on the apparatus.

A placard will be affixed in the driver's side area stating the third party agency, the date, the standard and the certificate number of the whole vehicle audit. 0766110
Consortium, Sourcewell

0537375
Unit of Measure, US Gallons

0030006
Bid Bond Not Requested

BID BOND NOT REQUESTED
A bid bond will not be included. If requested, the following will apply:

All bidders will provide a bid bond as security for the bid in the form of a 5%
bid bond to
accompany their bid. This bid bond will be issued by a Surety Company who is listed on the U.S.

Treasury Departments list of acceptable sureties as published in Department Circular 570
. The
bid bond will be issued by an authorized representative of the Surety Company and will be accompanied by a certified power of attorney dated on or before the date of bid. The bid bond will include language, which assures that the bidder/principal will give a bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents, with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of the contract, including the Basic One (
1 ) Year Limited Warranty, and for the
prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution of the contract.

Notwithstanding any document or assertion to the contrary, any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will apply only to the Basic One (
1 ) Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle. Any surety
bond related to the sale of a vehicle will not apply to any other warranties that are included within this bid (OEM or otherwise) or to the warranties (if any) of any third party of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. In the event of any contradiction or inconsistency between this provision and any other document or assertion, this provision will prevail.
0816571
Performance Bond, 100% with 25%
Warranty Bond, 1 Yr, and Payment
Bond, PPI Terms

PERFORMANCE BOND,
1 YEAR
The successful bidder will furnish a Performance and Payment bond (Bond) equal to 100
percent
of the total contract amount within
30 days of the notice of award. Such Bond will be in a form acceptable to the Owner and issued by a surety company included within the Department of Treasury's Listing of Approved Sureties (Department Circular 570
) with a minimum A.M. Best
Financial Strength Rating of A and Size Category of XV. In the event of a bond issued by a surety of a lesser Size Category, a minimum Financial Strength rating of A+ is required.

Bidder and Bidder's surety agree that the Bond issued hereunder, whether expressly stated or not, also includes the surety's guarantee of the vehicle manufacturer's Basic One ( 1 ) Year Limited
Warranty period included within this proposal. Owner agrees that the penal amount of this bond will be simultaneously amended to
25 percent of the total contract amount upon satisfactory acceptance and delivery of the vehicle(s) included herein. Notwithstanding anything contained within this contract to the contrary, the surety's liability for any warranties of any type will not exceed one (
1 ) year from the date of such satisfactory acceptance and delivery, or the actual Basic One (
1 ) Year Limited Warranty period, whichever is shorter.

Due to global supply chain constraints, any delivery date contained herein is a good faith estimate as of the date of this order/contract, and merely an approximation based on current information. Delivery updates will be made available, and a final firm delivery date will be provided as soon as possible.

If the Producer Price Index of Components for Manufacturing [www.bls.gov Series ID:

WPUID
6112
] ("PPI") has increased at a compounded annual growth rate of

5.0%
or more
between the month Pierce accepts the order ("Order Month") and a month 14 months prior to the
then predicted Ready For Pickup date ("Evaluation Month"), then pricing may be updated in an amount equal to the increase in PPI over

5.0%
for each year or fractional year between the Order
Month and the Evaluation Month.

The seller will document any such updated price for the customer's approval before proceeding and provide an option to cancel the order.
4 943
Bid #:

0000007
Approval Drawing

APPROVAL DRAWING
A drawing of the proposed apparatus will be prepared and provided to the purchaser for approval before construction begins. The Pierce sales representative will also be provided with a copy of the same drawing. The finalized and approved drawing will become part of the contract documents. This drawing will indicate the chassis make and model, location of the lights, siren, horns, compartments, major components, etc.

A "revised" approval drawing of the apparatus will be prepared and submitted by Pierce to the purchaser showing any changes made to the approval drawing. 0082910
Drawing, Compartment Layout,
Standard Pumper Body

DRAWING, COMPARTMENT LAYOUT
A basic drawing will be provided for the interior body compartments. This drawing will be provided for graphic representation only and will include such things as shelves, trays, reels, dividers, air control panels, air bottle storage bins, poly boxes & etc. 0672031
Drawing, Cab, Top View, Seating and
EMS Cabinets, Reference Only

DRAWING, CAB TOP VIEW
On the sales drawing a top view of the cab seating and EMS cabinets will be provided. The top view will be a reference only of the seating and EMS cabinets in the order. 0683883
Electrical Diagrams, 12V As-Built on
CD, Custom Chassis Pumper

ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS
Three (
3 ) compact discs containing "As-Built" electrical wiring diagrams specifically prepared for the chassis and body will be provided. The diagrams will consist of information pertaining to the 12 VDC systems only. Two (
2 ) CDs will be shipped with the loose equipment with each truck. One (
1 ) CD will be included with the job folder at apparatus builders facility for future reference.

Each CD will include the following capabilities:

The capability of viewing each separate diagram.

The capability of zooming in on any section of each separate diagram.

The capability of printing each separate diagram.

The capability of printing each zoomed in area of each separate diagram.

Each CD will include the following items:

Title page, identifying the job number and chassis model.

Table of contents.

Truck specific electrical compartment and instrument layouts for the chassis.

Truck specific electrical compartment layouts for the body.

Applicable drawings from the appropriate standard wiring diagrams.

All truck specific wiring diagrams (special drawings).

Harness drawings for all wiring harnesses used on the chassis.

Harness drawings for all wiring harnesses used on the body.

All truck input and output programming sheets (multiplexed trucks only).

There will be
no hard copies of these diagrams required
for this unit.
0649754
Enforcer Chassis

ENFORCER CHASSIS
The Pierce Enforcer
™
is the custom chassis developed exclusively for the fire service. Chassis provided will be a new, tilt-type custom fire apparatus. The chassis will be manufactured in the apparatus body builder's facility eliminating any split responsibility. The chassis will be designed and manufactured for heavy-duty service, with adequate strength, capacity for the intended load to be sustained, and the type of service required. The chassis will be the manufacturer's first line tilt cab.
0021007
Maximum Overall Height

MAXIMUM OVERALL HEIGHT
The maximum overall height of the apparatus will be
10 '
9 "
.
0021010
Maximum Overall Length

MAXIMUM OVERALL LENGTH
The maximum overall length of the apparatus will be
32 '
11 "
.
0000110
Wheelbase

WHEELBASE
The wheelbase of the vehicle will be
187.5
.
0000070
GVW Rating

GVW RATING
The gross vehicle weight rating will be
48,500
lbs
.
0729280
Frame Rails, 13.38 x 3.50 x .375,
Enforcer
FRAME
The chassis frame will be built with two (
2 ) steel channels bolted to five (
5 ) cross members or
more, depending on other options of the apparatus. The side rails will have a

13.38 " tall web over
the front and mid sections of the chassis, with a continuous smooth taper to

10.75 " over the rear
axle. Each rail will have a section modulus of

25.992
cubic inches and a resisting bending
moment (rbm) of
3,119,040
in-lb over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus of

18.96 cubic inches with an rbm of
2,275,200
in-lb over the rear axle. The frame rails
will be constructed of
120,000
psi yield strength heat-treated

0.38 " thick steel with

3.50 " wide
flanges.
5 943
Bid #:

0889469
Frame Liner, "C/Inv L" 12.50" x 3.00"
x .25", AXT/Vel/Imp/Enf, 56" QVal

FRAME REINFORCEMENT
In addition, a mainframe internal liner will be provided. The liner will be an internal "C" design that steps to an internal "L" design over the rear axle. It will be heat-treated steel measuring

12.50 " x

3.00 " x

0.25 " through the front portion of the liner, stepping to

9.38 " x

3.00 " x

0.25 " through the
rear portion of the liner. Each liner will have a section modulus of

13.58 cubic inches, yield
strength of
110,000
psi, and rbm of
1,494,042
in-lb. Total rbm at wheelbase center will be
4,391,869
in-lb.

The frame liner will be mounted inside of the chassis frame rail and extend the full length of the frame.
0728338
Axle, Front, Meritor FL-943, 21,500
lb, Enforcer

FRONT AXLE
The front axle will be a reverse "I" beam type with inclined king pins. It will be a Meritor ™
axle,
Model FL-
943
, with a rated capacity of
21,500
lb.
0199681
Suspension, Front, Standens, Taper
Leaf, 21,500 lb, Imp/Vel/Enf

FRONT SUSPENSION
The front springs will be a Standens, three (
3 )-leaf, taper leaf design,

54.00 " long x

4.00 " wide,
with a ground rating of
21,500
lb.

The two (
2 ) top leaves will wrap the forward spring hanger pin. The top leaf will also wrap the rear spring hanger pin. Both the front and rear eyes will be Berlin style wraps that will place the eyes in the horizontal plane within the main leaf. This will reduce bending stress from acceleration and braking.

A steel encased rubber bushing will be used in the spring eye. The steel encased rubber bushing will be maintenance free and require no lubrication.
0000321
Shock Absorbers on Front Axle,
Monroe Magnum 65, Saber/Enforcer

SHOCK ABSORBERS
To provide a smoother ride, the front axle will be furnished with heavy-duty telescoping shock absorbers.
0000322
Oil Seals, Front Axle

FRONT OIL SEALS
Oil seals with viewing window will be provided on the front axle. 0899438
Tires, Front, Goodyear, Armor MAX
MSA, 425/65R22.50, 20 ply

FRONT TIRES
Front tires will be Goodyear
425/65
R

22.50 radials,
20 ply Armor Max MSA, rated for
22,800
lb
maximum axle load and
68 mph maximum speed.
0019611
Wheels, Front, Alcoa, 22.50" x

12.25", Aluminum, Hub Pilot

The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 12.25" polished aluminum disc type wheels with a ten (10)stud, 11.25" bolt circle.
0530460
Axle, Rear, Meritor RS26-185, 27,000
lb, Saber/Enforcer

REAR AXLE
The rear axle will be a Meritor
™,
Model RS-
26-185
, with a capacity of
27,000
lb.
0544253
Top Speed of Vehicle, 68 MPH /109
KPH

TOP SPEED OF VEHICLE
A rear axle ratio will be furnished to allow the vehicle to reach a top speed of 68 mph /
109
kph.
0565380
Suspen, Rear, Single Slipper Spring,
27,000 lb, Saber/Enforcer

REAR SUSPENSION
The rear suspension will be Standens, semi-elliptical,

3.00 " wide x

53.00 " long,
12 -leaf pack with
a ground rating of
27,000
lb. The spring hangers will be castings.

The two (
2 ) top leaves will wrap the forward spring hanger pin, and the rear of the spring will be a slipper style end that will ride in a rear slipper hanger. To reduce bending stress due to acceleration and braking, the front eye will be a berlin eye that will place the front spring pin in the horizontal plane within the main leaf.

A steel encased rubber bushing will be used in the spring eye. The steel encased rubber bushing will be maintenance free and require no lubrication.
0000485
Oil Seals, Rear Axle

REAR OIL SEALS
Oil seals will be provided on the rear axle(s).
0782552
Tires, Rear, Goodyear, Endurance
RSA, 12R22.50, LRH, Single

REAR TIRES
Rear tires will be four (
4 ) Goodyear
12 R

22.50 radials, load range H, Endurance RSA highway
tread, rated for
27,120
lb maximum axle load and
75 mph maximum speed.
0019625
Wheels, Rear, Alcoa, 22.50" x 8.25",
Aluminum, Hub Pilot, Single
The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 8.25" polished aluminum disc wheels with a ten (10) stud 11.25" bolt circle.
0589368
Tire Balancing, All, Single Axle

TIRE BALANCE
All tires will be dynamically balanced with wheel weights. 6 943
Bid #:

0606653
Tire PSI and Temp Monitoring
System, Bendix Smartire, CZIII

TIRE PRESSURE MANAGEMENT
There will be a tire pressure management system provided that will monitor each tires pressure and temperature. A

7.00 " resistive Command Zone
™
touch screen located in the cab instrument
panel will indicate each tires position, pressure and temperature. A wireless sensor will be mounted to each wheel for a total of
six (
6 ) sensors
.

The system will have three (
3 ) alert levels:

Critical Low Pressure Alert
Pressure Deviation Alert
High Temperature Alert
Each alert will trigger an audible alarm and an indicator light within the gauge to signal the driver of the problem
The system will be covered by a
five (
5 ) year
parts and labor warranty. Please see warranty
document for details.
0801932
Lug Nut, Covers, Stainless Steel

LUG NUT COVERS
Stainless steel lug nut covers will be installed on all lug nuts. 0003245
Axle Hub Covers w/center hole, S/S,
Front Axle

FRONT HUB COVERS
Stainless steel hub covers will be provided on the front axle. An oil level viewing window will be provided.
0001960
Axle Hub Covers, Rear, S/S, High
Hat (Pair)

REAR HUB COVERS
A pair of stainless steel high hat hub covers will be provided on rear axle hubs. 0002045
Mud Flap, Front and Rear, Pierce
Logo

MUD FLAPS
Mud flaps with a Pierce logo will be installed behind the front and rear wheels. 0544802
Chocks, Wheel, SAC-44-E, Folding

WHEEL CHOCKS
There will be
one (
1 ) pair
of folding Ziamatic, Model SAC-
44 -E, aluminum alloy, Quick-Choc
wheel blocks, with easy-grip handle provided.
0544806
Mounting Brackets, Chocks, SAC-44-
E, Folding, Horizontal
Wheel Chock Brackets
There will be
one (
1 ) pair
of Zico, Model SQCH-
44 -H, horizontal mounting wheel chock brackets
provided for the Ziamatic, Model SAC-
44 -E, folding wheel chocks. The brackets will be made of aluminum and consist of a quick release spring loaded rod to hold the wheel chocks in place. The brackets will be mounted
one (
1 ) forward and one (
1 ) rearward of the left side rear tire
.
0010670
ABS Wabco Brake System, Single
rear axle

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
The vehicle will be equipped with a Meritor WABCO
4 S
4 M, anti-lock braking system. The ABS
will provide a
4 -channel anti-lock braking control on both the front and rear wheels. A digitally controlled system that utilizes microprocessor technology will control the anti-lock braking system.

Each wheel will be monitored by the system. When any particular wheel begins to lockup, a signal will be sent to the control unit. This control unit then will reduce the braking of that wheel for a fraction of a second and then reapply the brake. This anti-lock brake system will eliminate the lockup of any wheel thus helping to prevent the apparatus from skidding out of control. 0508676
Brakes, Meritor, EX225, 17", Disc
Plus, Front
BRAKES
The service brake system will be full air type by Meritor ™.

Front brakes will be Model EX
225
Disc Plus, disc type with automatic pad wear adjustment and

17.00 " ventilated rotors for improved stopping distance. 0509206
Brakes, Meritor, EX225, Disc Plus,
Rear, Single Axle
The rear brakes will be Meritor
™,
Disc Plus, Model EX225, disc operated with automatic slack adjusters and a 17.00" ventilated rotor for improved stopping distance. 0020784
Air Compressor, Brake,
Cummins/Wabco 18.7 CFM

BRAKE SYSTEM AIR COMPRESSOR
The air compressor will be a Cummins/WABCO with

18.7 cubic feet per minute output.
7 943
Bid #:

0637584
Brake Reservoirs, 5,376 Cubic Inch
Minimum Capacity, Saber
FR/Enforcer

BRAKE SYSTEM
The brake system will include:

Brake treadle valve
Heated automatic moisture ejector on air dryer
Total air system minimum capacity of
5,376
cubic inches
Two (
2 ) air pressure gauges with a red warning light and an audible alarm, that activates when air pressure falls below
60 psi
Spring set parking brake system
Parking brake operated by a push-pull style control valve A parking "brake on" indicator light on instrument panel Park brake relay/inversion and anti-compounding valve, in conjunction with a double check valve system, with an automatic spring brake application at
40 psi
A pressure protection valve to prevent all air operated accessories from drawing air from the air system when the system pressure drops below
80 psi (
550
kPa)
1/4
turn drain valves on each air tank
The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750
hour salt spray test.

To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets. 0587034
Air Dryer, Bendix, AD-IP w/Heat,
2010

BRAKE SYSTEM AIR DRYER
The air dryer will be a Bendix AD-IP, with coalescing filter and heater. 0000790
Brake Lines, Nylon

BRAKE LINES
Color-coded nylon brake lines will be provided. The lines will be wrapped in a heat protective loom in the chassis areas that are subject to excessive heat. 0000854
Air Inlet, w/Disconnect Coupling

AIR INLET
One (
1 ) air inlet
with
3 D series male coupling will be provided. It will allow station air to be supplied to the apparatus brake system through a shoreline hose. The inlet will be located forward in the driver side lower step well of cab
. A check valve will be provided to prevent reverse
flow of air. The inlet will discharge into the "wet" tank of the brake system. A mating female fitting will also be provided with the loose equipment.
0643363
Outlet, Air, with Shut Off Valve,
Location

AIR OUTLET
One (
1 ) air outlet
will be installed with a female coupling located
RS pump panel
. This system will
tie into the "wet" tank of the brake system, include an 85 psi pressure protection valve in the
outlet line to prevent the brake system from losing all air, and include a quarter turn shut off valve mounted at the tank. The valve and hoses will be mounted to the tank as high as possible to ensure maximum clearance and protect the lines from being damaged by brush and rocks during off-road operations.
0000840
Air Tank, Additional for Air Tools
w/Outlet

AIR TANK FOR TOOLS
An additional air tank with
1454
cubic inch displacement will be provided for the use of powering air tools. An air tool outlet with a metering valve, located at the driver's side pump panel, will be provided.

The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750
hour salt spray test. To reduce
the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets.

The output flow of the engine air compressor varies with engine RPM. Full compressor output is only achieved at governed engine speed. Engine speed may be limited by generators, pumps and other PTO driven options.
0589828
SP
Air Tanks, Mount High, Maximize
Ground Clearance

AIR TANK MOUNTING
Air tanks will be installed to maximize ground clearance. Smaller tanks may be required to allow for them to be mounted higher for increased ground clearance. 0000810
All Wheel Lock-up

ALL WHEEL LOCK-UP
An all wheel lock-up system will be installed which will apply air to the front brakes and use the spring brake at the rear. A control switch will be provided for the driver on the instrument panel. 8 943
Bid #:

0808497
Engine, Cummins X15, 565 hp, 1850
lb-ft, W/OBD, EPA 2027, Enforcer
ENGINE
The chassis will be powered by an electronically controlled engine as described below:

Make:

Cummins®
Model:

X
15 Power:
565
hp at
1700
rpm
Torque:
1850
lb-ft at
1150
rpm
Governed Speed:
2100
rpm
Emissions Level:

EPA
2027
Fuel:

Diesel
Cylinders:

Six (
6 )
Displacement:
912
cubic inches (

14.9 L)
Starter:

Delco
39 MT+
™
Fuel Filters:

Frame mounted spin-on style primary filter with water separator and water-in-fuel sensor. Engine mounted secondary spin-on style filter.

The engine will include On-board diagnostics (OBD), which provides self diagnostic and reporting. The system will give the owner or repair technician access to state of health information for various vehicle sub systems. The system will monitor vehicle systems, engine and after treatment. The system will illuminate a malfunction indicator light on the dash console if a problem is detected.

The engine will be filled with FA-
4 10
W
30 oil as required by Cummins.
0000000
STF
Engine Contingency Adjustment
0730801
Remote Mounted Filters Not
Required, X15

0001244
High Idle w/Electronic Engine,
Custom

HIGH IDLE
A high idle switch will be provided, inside the cab, on the instrument panel, that will automatically maintain a preset engine rpm. A switch will be installed, at the cab instrument panel, for activation/deactivation.

The high idle will be operational only when the parking brake is on and the truck transmission is in neutral. A green indicator light will be provided, adjacent to the switch. The light will illuminate when the above conditions are met. The light will be labeled "OK to Engage High Idle." 0687994
Engine Brake, Jacobs Compression
Brake, Cummins Engine

ENGINE BRAKE
A Jacobs® engine brake is to be installed with the controls located on the instrument panel within easy reach of the driver.

The driver will be able to turn the engine brake system on/off and have a high, medium and low
setting
.

The engine brake will activate when the system is on and the throttle is released.

The high setting of the brake application will activate and work simultaneously with the variable geometry turbo (VGT) provided on the engine.

The engine brake will be installed in such a manner that when the engine brake is slowing the vehicle the brake lights are activated.

The ABS system will automatically disengage the auxiliary braking device, when required. 0552334
Clutch, Fan, Air Actuated, Horton
Drive Master

CLUTCH FAN
A Horton® fan clutch will be provided. The fan clutch will be automatic when the pump transmission is in "Road" position, and fully engaged in "Pump" position. 0644573
Air Intake, Water & Ember Screen,
Saber FR/Enforcer

ENGINE AIR INTAKE
The engine air intake will be located above the engine cooling package. It will draw fresh air from the front of the apparatus through the radiator grille.

The ember separator is designed to prevent road dirt and recirculating hot air from entering the engine.

The ember separator will be easily accessible by tilting the cab. 9 943
Bid #:

0814375
Exhaust System, Horizontal, Right
Side

EXHAUST SYSTEM
The exhaust system will be stainless steel from the turbo to the engine's aftertreatment device.

The exhaust system will include an aftertreatment device to meet current EPA standards. An insulation wrap will be provided on all exhaust pipe between the turbo and the aftertreatment device to minimize the transfer of heat to the cab.

The exhaust will terminate horizontally ahead of the right side rear wheels and will be be flush
with the body rub rail
. The exhaust pipes will be
stainless steel
.

There will be
a stainless steel exhaust diffuser reduced to

5.00 " in the center to accommodate the
fire department's air recovery system
with
a standard straight tip on the end
provided to reduce
the temperature of the exhaust as it exits. Heat deflector shields will be provided to isolate chassis and body components from the heat of the tailpipe diffuser. 0788765
Radiator, Saber FR/Enforcer

RADIATOR
The radiator and the complete cooling system will meet or exceed NFPA and engine manufacturer cooling system standards.

For maximum corrosion resistance and cooling performance, the entire radiator core will be constructed using long life aluminum alloy. The radiator core will consist of aluminum fins, having a serpentine design, brazed to aluminum tubes.

The radiator core will have a minimum front area of
1060
square inches.

Supply tank will be made of heavy duty glass-reinforced nylon and the return tank will be mode of aluminum. Both tanks will be crimped onto the core assembly using header tabs and a compression gasket to complete the radiator core assembly. There will be a full steel frame around the inserts to enhance cooling system durability and reliability.

The radiator will be compatible with commercial antifreeze solutions.

The radiator assembly will be isolated from the chassis frame rails with rubber isolators to prevent the development of leaks caused by twisting or straining when the apparatus operates over uneven terrain.

The radiator will include a de-aeration/expansion tank. For visual coolant level inspection, the radiator will have a built-in sight glass. The radiator will be equipped with a 15 psi pressure relief
cap.

A drain port will be located at the lowest point of the cooling system and/or the bottom of the radiator to permit complete flushing of the coolant from the system.

Shields or baffles will be provided to prevent recirculation of hot air to the inlet side of the radiator. 0001090
Cooling Hoses, Rubber

COOLANT LINES
Gates, or Goodyear, rubber hose will be used for all engine coolant lines installed by Pierce Manufacturing.

Hose clamps will be stainless steel constant torque type to prevent coolant leakage. They will expand and contract according to coolant system temperature thereby keeping a constant clamping pressure on the hose.
0001125
Fuel Tank, 65 Gallon, Left Side Fill

FUEL TANK
A
65 gallon fuel tank will be provided and mounted at the rear of the chassis. The tank will be constructed of
12 -gauge, hot rolled steel. It will be equipped with swash partitions and a vent. To eliminate the effects of corrosion, the fuel tank will be mounted with stainless steel straps.

0.75 " drain plug will be located in a low point of the tank for drainage.

A fill inlet will be located on the left hand side of the body and is covered with a hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door that is marked "Ultra Low Sulfur - Diesel Fuel Only." A

0.50 " diameter vent will be installed from tank top to just below fuel fill inlet.

The fuel tank will meet all FHWA
393.67
requirements including a fill capacity of
95 percent of
tank volume.
0001129
Lines, Fuel
All fuel lines will be provided as recommended by the engine manufacturer. 0662965
DEF Tank, 4.5 Gallon, DS Fill, Rear
of Axle, Common Air Bottle Door

DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK
A

4.5 gallon diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank will be provided and mounted in the driver's side body rearward of the rear axle.

0.50 " drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage.

A fill inlet will be provided and marked "Diesel Exhaust Fluid Only". The fill inlet will be located adjacent to the air bottle storage behind a common door on the driver side of the vehicle.

The tank will meet the engine manufacturers requirement for 10 percent expansion space in the
event of tank freezing.

The tank will include an integrated heater unit that utilizes engine coolant to thaw the DEF in the event of freezing.
0723716
Fuel Priming Pump, Electronic,
Automatic, Cummins, No Swt Req'd

FUEL PRIMING PUMP
A Cummins automatic electronic fuel priming pump will be integrated as part of the engine. 0582243
Shutoff Valves, Fuel Line @ Primary
Filter, Cummins

FUEL SHUTOFF
A fuel line shutoff valve will be installed on both the inlet and outlet of the primary fuel filter. 0553019
Cooler, Engine Fuel, Imp/Vel,
AXT/Qtm/Sab/DCF/SFR/Enf

FUEL COOLER
An air to fuel cooler will be installed in the engine fuel return line. 10 943
Bid #:

0578959
Fuel/Water Separator, Racor Inline

FUEL SEPARATOR
The engine will be equipped with a Racor in-line spin-on fuel and water separator in addition to the engine fuel filters.
0801890
Trans, Allison 6th Gen, 4500 EVS P,
w/Prognostics, Imp/Vel/Enf

TRANSMISSION
An Allison
6 th generation, Model EVS
4500
P, electronic, torque converting, automatic
transmission will be provided.

The transmission will be equipped with prognostics to monitor oil life, filter life, and transmission health. A wrench icon on the shift selector's digital display will indicate when service is due.

Two (
2 ) PTO openings will be located on left side and top of converter housing (positions 8 o'clock and
1 o'clock).

A transmission temperature gauge with amber light and buzzer will be installed on the cab instrument panel.
0512762
Transmission, Shifter, 6-Spd, Push
Button, 4500, Imp/Vel/Qtm/DCF/Enf

TRANSMISSION SHIFTER
A six (
6 )-speed push button shift module will be mounted to right of driver on console. Shift position indicator will be indirectly lit for after dark operation.

The transmission ratio will be:
1 st -

4.70 to

1.00 ,
2 nd -

2.21 to

1.00 ,
3 rd -

1.53 to

1.00 ,
4 th -

1.00 to

1.00 ,
5 th -

0.76 to

1.00 ,
6 th -

0.67 to

1.00 , R -

5.55 to

1.00 .
0684459
Transmission Oil Cooler, Modine,
External

TRANSMISSION COOLER
A Modine plate and fin transmission oil cooler will be provided using engine coolant to control the transmission oil temperature.
0522824
Mode, Downshift, Aggressive
downshift to 3rd, w/engine brake, 6
speed
DOWNSHIFT MODE (w/engine brake)
The transmission will be provided with an aggressive downshift mode.

This will provide earlier transmission downshifts to
3 rd gear from
6 th gear, resulting in improved
engine braking performance.
0801876
Fluid, 4000 Series Trans, Allison
Approved TES-668 Synthetic, IPOS,
Custom

TRANSMISSION FLUID
The transmission will be provided with TranSynd, or other Allison approved TES- 668
heavy duty
synthetic transmission fluid.
0001375
Driveline, Spicer 1810

DRIVELINE
Drivelines will be a heavy-duty metal tube and be equipped with Spicer® 1810
universal joints.

The shafts will be dynamically balanced before installation.

A splined slip joint will be provided in each driveshaft where the driveline design requires it. The slip joint will be coated with Glidecoat® or equivalent. 0637248
Steering, Dual Gear, TRW TAS-65,
w/tilt, Pump w/ Cooler, Saber
FR/Enforcer

STEERING
Dual steering gear, with integral heavy-duty power steering, will be provided. For reduced system temperatures, the power steering will incorporate an air to oil cooler and Vickers® V 20 NF
hydraulic pump with integral pressure and flow control. All power steering lines will have wire braded lines with crimped fittings.

A tilt and telescopic steering column will be provided to improve fit for a broader range of driver configurations.
0605356
Steering Wheel, 4 Spoke without
Controls, Saber FR/Enforcer

STEERING WHEEL
The steering wheel will be

18.00 " in diameter, have tilting and telescoping capabilities, and a 4 -
spoke design.
0690274
Logo/Emblem, on Dash

LOGO AND CUSTOMER DESIGNATION ON DASH
The dash panel will have an emblem containing the Pierce logo and customer name. The emblem will have three (
3 ) rows of text for the customer's department name. There will be a maximum of eight (
8 ) characters in the first row,
11 characters in the second row and
11 characters in the third row.

The first row of text will be:

ALAMEDA
The second row of text will be:

FIRE
The third row of text will be:

DEPARTMENT
11 943
Bid #:

0816701
SP
Bumper, 13" Extended, Polished S/S,
ENF
BUMPER
The bumper will be manufactured from
8 gauge formed stainless steel with a .
38 " bend radius.

The bumper will be

10.00 " high with a

1.50 " top and bottom flange. The bumper will have
45 degree corners and side plates. The bumper will be bright polished finish.

The bumper will be extended

13.00 " from front face of cab.

To provide adequate support strength, the bumper will be mounted directly to the front of the C channel frame. The frame will be a bolted modular extension frame constructed of 50,000
psi
tensile steel.

GRAVEL PAN
A gravel pan, constructed of bright aluminum treadplate, will be furnished between the bumper and cab face. The gravel pan will be properly supported from the underside to prevent flexing and vibration of the aluminum treadplate.
0778092
Lift & Tow Package, Enforcer

LIFT AND TOW MOUNTS
Mounted to the frame extension will be lift and tow mounts. The lift and tow mounts will be designed and positioned to adapt to certain tow truck lift systems.

The lift and tow mounts with eyes will be painted the same color as the frame. 0072272
Tow Eyes, Chrome, Below Deck

TOW EYES
Two (
2 ) chromed steel tow eyes will be installed under the bumper and attached to the front frame members. The inner and outer edges of the tow eyes will have a . 25 " radius.

The tow eyes will be designed and positioned to allow up to a 9,000
lb straight horizontal pull in
line with the centerline of the vehicle. The tow eyes will not be used for lifting of the apparatus. 0692444
Recess, Front/Side Warning Light, In
Angled Corner of Extended Bumper

SIDE ZONE LIGHT MOUNTING
The front warning lights on each side will be recessed into the angled portion of the bumper extension to protect the light from damage.

The recessed bracket will be made of
polished stainless steel
.
0030434
Travel Stops, Front Inlet/Outlet
Swivel, Qty & Location

SWIVEL STOPS
Installed on the front bumper extension will be
two (
2 )
sets of stainless steel rods to limit the
travel of a front outlet or inlet swivel. Two (
2 ) stainless steel rods, for each application, will be threaded into the bumper deck and mounted
each side of the

2.5 " discharge
.
0770911
SP
Hose Restraint, Seat Belt Style, Push
Button Style, Hose Pack, (4), Black

HOSE RESTAINT STRAPS
Four (
4 ) black seat belt style hose restraints with center push button release will be provided at the front bumper. The restraints will be used to secure a hose pack on top of the bumper extension. There will be a
90 degree piece of smooth aluminum treadplate approximately

2.0 " x

2.0 " bolted to the top of the bumper to provide a back stop for the hose.

Restraints will be secured to the bumper extension with stainless steel nuts, bolts and washers to prevent pulling through the restraint strap material.
0816883
SP
Tray, Bumper, Top surface Mntd, 55"
W x 6" F to B x 6" H, 1.75" Hose

HOSE TRAY
One (
1 ) top mounted hose tray will be provided centered on top of the bumper extension. The tray will hold as much

1.75 " hose as possible. It will be approximately

55.00 " Wide,

6.00 " tall and

6.00 " front to back.

The tray will be constructed from aluminum treadplate. Aluminum round stock will be welded to the top edge of the tray, preventing the hose from being damaged or cut by the upper edge.

The driver side of the tray, near the rear corner, will be notched for the pre-connected hose. 0698960
Coating, Top Flange, Front Bumper,
Outside Exterior, UL-LX Coating,
Black

FRONT BUMPER UL-LX COATING
Protective black UL-LX® coating will be provided on the outside exterior of the top front bumper flange. It will not be sprayed on the underside of the flange.

The lining will be properly installed by an authorized UL-LX dealer. 12 943
Bid #:

0625650
Cab, Enforcer, 7000

CAB
The Enforcer cab will be designed specifically for the fire service and manufactured by the chassis builder.

The cab will be built by the apparatus manufacturer in a facility located on the manufacturer's premises.

For reasons of structural integrity and enhanced occupant protection, the cab will be a heavy duty design, constructed to the following minimal standards.

The cab will have
12 main vertical structural members located in the A-pillar (front cab corner posts), B-pillar (side center posts), C-pillar (rear corner posts), and rear wall areas. The A-pillar will be constructed of solid A
356
-T
5 aluminum castings. The B-pillar and C-pillar will be
constructed from

0.13 " wall extrusions. The rear wall will be constructed of two ( 2 )

2.00 " x

2.00 "
outer aluminum extrusions and two (
2 )

2.00 " x

1.00 " inner aluminum extrusions. All main vertical
structural members will run from the floor to

4.625
" x

3.864
" x

0.090
" thick roof extrusions to
provide a cage-like structure with the A-pillar and roof extrusions being welded into a

0.25 " thick
corner casting at each of the front corners of the roof assembly.

The front of the cab will be constructed of a

0.13 " firewall plate, covered with a

0.090
" front skin
(for a total thickness of

0.22 "), and reinforced with a full width x

0.50 " thick cross-cab support
located just below the windshield and fully welded to the engine tunnel. The cross-cab support will run the full width of the cab and weld to each A-pillar, the

0.13 " firewall plate, and the front
skin.

The cab floors will be constructed of

0.125
" thick aluminum plate and reinforced at the firewall
with an additional

0.25 " thick cross-floor support providing a total thickness of

0.375
" of structural
material at the front floor area. The front floor area will also be supported with two ( 2 ) triangular

0.30 " wall extrusions that also provides the mounting point for the cab lift. This tubing will run from the floor wireway of the cab to the engine tunnel side plates, creating the structure to support the forces created when lifting the cab.

The cab will be

96.00 " wide (outside door skin to outside door skin) to maintain maximum maneuverability.

The overall height (from the cab roof to the ground) of approximately

99.00 ". The overall height
listed will be calculated based on a truck configuration with the lowest suspension weight rating, the smallest diameter tires for the suspension, no water weight, no loose equipment weight, and no personnel weight. Larger tires, wheels, and suspension will increase the overall height listed.

The floor to ceiling height inside the crew cab will be

54.50 " in the center and outboard positions.

The crew cab floor will measure

46.00 " from the rear wall to the back side of the rear facing seat risers.

The medium block engine tunnel, at the rearward highest point (knee level), will measure

61.50 "
to the rear wall. The big block engine tunnel will measure

51.50 " to the rear wall.

The crew cab will be a totally enclosed design with the interior area completely open to improve visibility and verbal communication between the occupants.

The cab will be a full tilt cab style.

A
3 -point cab mount system with rubber isolators will improve ride quality by isolating chassis vibrations from the cab.

CAB ROOF DRIP RAIL
For enhanced protection from inclement weather, a drip rail will be furnished on the sides of the cab. The drip rail will be painted to match the cab roof, and bonded to the sides of the cab. The drip rail will extend the full length of the cab roof.

INTERIOR CAB INSULATION
The cab will include

1.00 " insulation in the ceiling,

1.50 " insulation in the side walls, and

2.00 "
insulation in the rear wall to maximize acoustic absorption and thermal insulation.

FENDER LINERS
Full circular inner fender liners in the wheel wells will be provided.

PANORAMIC WINDSHIELD
A one (
1 )-piece safety glass windshield will be provided with over 2,775
square inches of clear
viewing area. The windshield will be full width and will provide the occupants with a panoramic view. The windshield will consist of three (
3 ) layers: outer light, middle safety laminate, and inner light. The outer light layer will provide superior chip resistance. The middle safety laminate layer will prevent the windshield glass pieces from detaching in the event of breakage. The inner light will provide yet another chip resistant layer. The cab windshield will be bonded to the aluminum windshield frame using a urethane adhesive. A custom frit pattern will be applied on the outside perimeter of the windshield for a finished automotive appearance.

WINDSHIELD WIPERS
Three (
3 ) electric windshield wipers with washer will be provided that meet FMVSS and SAE requirements.

The washer reservoir will be able to be filled without raising the cab. 0727969
Engine Tunnel, X15, Mech
Fasteners, Enforcer

ENGINE TUNNEL
Engine hood side walls will be constructed of

0.375
" aluminum. The top will be constructed of

0.125
" aluminum and will be tapered at the top to allow for more driver and passenger elbow room.

The engine tunnel will be insulated for protection from heat and sound. Perforated foil faced insulation will be over a

1.00 " thick closed cell foam affixed with pressure sensitive adhesive and further secured with mechanical fasteners. Thermal rating for this insulation will be - 40 degrees
Fahrenheit to
300
degrees Fahrenheit. The noise insulation keeps the dBA level within the limits stated in the current NFPA
1901
standards.

The engine tunnel will be no higher than

18.00 " off the crew cab floor.
0610508
Rear Wall, Interior, Adjustable
Seating, Not Available

0632103
Rear Wall, Exterior, Cab, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CAB REAR WALL EXTERIOR COVERING
The exterior surface of the rear wall of the cab will be overlaid with bright aluminum treadplate
except for areas that are not typically visible when the cab is lowered .
13 943
Bid #:

0639727
Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, Manual Override,
Saber FR/Enforcer

CAB LIFT
A hydraulic cab lift system will be provided consisting of an electric powered hydraulic pump, dual lift cylinders, and necessary hoses and valves.

Hydraulic pump will have a manual override for backup in the event of electrical failure.

Lift controls will be located on the right side pump panel or front area of the body in a convenient location.

The cab will be capable of tilting
43 degrees to accommodate engine maintenance and removal.

The cab will be locked down by a
2 -point normally closed spring loaded hook type latch that fully engages after the cab has been lowered. The system will be hydraulically actuated to release the normally closed locks when the cab lift control is in the raised position and cab lift system is under pressure. When the cab is completely lowered and system pressure has been relieved, the spring loaded latch mechanisms will return to the normally closed and locked position.

The hydraulic cylinders will be equipped with a velocity fuse that protects the cab from accidentally descending when the control is located in the tilt position.

For increased safety, a redundant mechanical stay arm will be provided that must be manually put in place on the left side between the chassis and cab frame when the cab is in the raised position. This device will be manually stowed to its original position before the cab can be lowered.

Cab Lift Interlock
The cab lift system will be interlocked to the parking brake. The cab tilt mechanism will be active only when the parking brake is set and the ignition switch is in the on position. If the parking brake is released, the cab tilt mechanism will be disabled. 0695930
Grille, Bright Finished, Front of Cab,
Enforcer
GRILLE
A bright finished aluminum mesh grille screen, inserted behind a bright finished grille surround, will be provided on the front center of the cab.
0722550
Scuffplates, S/S At Cab Door Jambs,
4-Door Cab, Full Coverage, Full
Height

DOOR JAM SCUFFPLATES
All cab door jambs will be furnished with a
polished stainless steel
scuffplate, mounted on the
striker side of the jam. The crew cab door scuffplates will be full-height, bottom of cab to drip-rail, and have a

1.00 " reveal on the outside. The scuffplate will be a two piece design and will extend from the outside of the cab to the inner door seal.
0647932
Not Required, Trim, S/S Band,
Across Cab Face,
AXT/Saber/Enforcer
0087357
Molding, Chrome on Side of Cab

SIDE OF CAB MOLDING
Chrome molding will be provided on both sides of cab.
0032189
Mirrors, Ramco, 8000PCHR,
Heated/Remote, w/Heated/Remote
Convex, Door Mount

MIRRORS
One (
1 ) Ramco, Model
8000
-PCHR, polished aluminum mirror will be mounted on each of the cab doors. The mirrors will be

9.25 " wide x

13.50 " high with a convex section.

The mirror head
will have a highly polished aluminum finish.

The flat glass in each mirror will be heated and adjustable, with remote controls that are convenient to the driver.

The convex section in each mirror will be heated and adjustable, with remote controls that are convenient to the driver.
0648171
Door, Half-Height, Saber FR/Enforcer
4-Door Cab, Level Roof
DOORS
To enhance entry and egress to the cab, the forward cab door openings will be a minimum of

37.50 " wide x

63.37 " high. The crew cab doors will be located on the sides of the cab and will be constructed in the same manner as the forward cab doors. The crew cab door openings will be a minimum of

34.30 " wide x

63.37 " high.

The forward cab and crew cab doors will be constructed of extruded aluminum with a nominal material thickness of

0.093
". The exterior door skins will be constructed from

0.090
" aluminum.

A customized, vertical, pull-down type door handle will be provided on the exterior of each cab door. The finish of the door handle will be
chrome/black
. The exterior handle will be designed
specifically for the fire service to prevent accidental activation, and will provide

4.00 " wide x

2.00 "
deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands.

Each door will also be provided with an interior flush, open style paddle handle that will be readily operable from fore and aft positions, and be designed to prevent accidental activation. The interior handles will provide

4.00 " wide x

1.25 " deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy
gloved hands.

The cab doors will be provided with both interior (rotary knob) and exterior (keyed) locks exceeding FMVSS standards. The keys will be Model
751
. The locks will be capable of activating
when the doors are open or closed. The doors will remain locked if locks are activated when the doors are opened, then closed.

A full length, heavy duty, stainless steel, piano-type hinge with a

0.38 " pin and
11 gauge leaf will
be provided on all cab doors. There will be double automotive-type rubber seals around the perimeter of the door framing and door edges to ensure a weather-tight fit.

A chrome handle will be provided on the inside of each cab door for ease of entry.

A red webbed grab handle will be installed on the crew cab door stop strap. The grab handles will be securely mounted.

The bottom cab step at each cab door location will be located below the cab doors and will be exposed to the exterior of the cab.
14 943
Bid #:

0655543
Door Panel, Brushed Stainless Steel,
Saber/Enforcer 4-Door Cab

Door Panels
The inner cab door panels will be constructed out of brushed stainless steel. 0630636
Controls, Electric Roll-Up Windows,
4dr, 4 Driver Controls, Saber
FR/Enforcer

ELECTRIC OPERATED CAB DOOR WINDOWS
All four (
4 ) cab doors will be equipped with electric operated windows with one ( 1 ) flush mounted
automotive style switch on each door. The driver's door will have four ( 4 ) switches, one (
1 ) to
control each door window.

Each switch will allow intermittent or auto down operation for ease of use. Auto down operation will be actuated by holding the window down switch for approximately 1 second.
0528251
Electric Door Locks, Cab Doors,
QXS, AXT, Sab, Enf, Dash CF

ELECTRIC CAB DOOR LOCKS
The front driver and officer doors will have a door lock master switch that will control all front and rear crew cab door locks. Each rear crew cab door will have its own lock control.

There will be one (
1 ) concealed switch located in an easily accessible chassis specific location that will unlock all the doors.
0709646
Steps, 4-Door Cab, Grip Strut Inserts,
Reduced Bottom Step, SFR/Enf

CAB STEPS
The forward cab and crew cab access steps will be a full size two ( 2 ) step design to provide
largest possible stepping surfaces for safe ingress and egress. The bottom steps will be designed with grip strut inserts to provide support, slip resistance, and drainage. The bottom steps will be a bolt-in design to minimize repair costs should they need to be replaced. The forward cab steps will be a minimum

25.00 " wide, and the crew cab steps will be

21.65 " wide with an

8.00 " minimum
depth. The inside cab steps will not exceed

16.50 " in height.

The vertical surfaces of the step well will be
aluminum treadplate
.
0770194
Handrail, Exterior, Knurled, Alum, 4-
Door Cab

CAB EXTERIOR HANDRAILS
A

1.25 " diameter slip-resistant, knurled aluminum handrail will be provided adjacent to each cab and crew cab door opening to assist during cab ingress and egress. 0892638
Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps,
P25, LED w/Bezel, 6lts

STEP LIGHTS
There will be six (
6 ) white LED step lights with
chrome housing
installed for cab and crew cab
access steps.

One (
1 ) light for the left access steps.

Two (
2 ) lights for the left side crew cab access steps.

Two (
2 ) lights for the right side crew cab access steps.

One (
1 ) light for the right side access step.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles
(fc) covering an entire
15 " x
15 " square placed ten (
10 ) inches below the light and a minimum of

1.5 fc covering an entire
30 " x
30 " square at the same ten (
10 ) inch distance below the light.

The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the adjacent door is opened. 0002141
Fenders, s/s on cab - Saber/Enforcer

FENDER CROWNS
Stainless steel fender crowns will be installed at the cab wheel openings. 0637984
Window, Side of C/C, Fixed, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CREW CAB WINDOWS
One (
1 ) fixed window with tinted glass will be provided on each side of the cab, to the rear of the front cab door. The windows will be sized to enhance light penetration into the cab interior. The windows will measure

18.70 " wide x

23.75 " high.
0816695
SP
Compt, Transverse Crew Cab, Dbl
Pan, 8" Rec Tube, 70" SFR/Enf

STORAGE COMPARTMENT
Provided under the forward facing crew cab seats will be a transverse compartment. The compartment will be divided into upper and lower sections by a removable divider located at the cab floor.

The upper section will be

16.25 " wide x

9.00 " high x full width (transverse) of the crew cab. The lower section will be

15.00 " wide x

24.50 " high x

15.00 " deep on both sides. The compartment will
extend from the bottom of the cab to top of the seat riser.

4.00 " long x

8.00 " diameter tube will be recessed below
each side of the cab
compartment
floor. The tube will be angled approximately
10 degrees for ease of removing an extinguisher
from the compartment.

There will be
two (
2 ) reverse hinged double pan doors painted to match the cab exterior with a locking D-Ring latch with
#751
key, one (
1 ) on each side of the cab
with a
web strap for each
exterior door
provided as a door stop. The clear door opening of each compartment door will be

10.25 " wide x

32.00 " high.

The exterior access will be provided with
no scuffplate
on the lower door frame.

There will be
no access
with
no louvers
on the forward face of the seat riser.

The compartment interior will be
painted spatter gray
.

Compartment Light
There will be
eight (
8 ) white LED strip lights, one (
1 ) each side of lower and upper exterior
compartment door opening
. The lights will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 15 943
Bid #:

0750772
SP
Trough for D-handle, Pike Pole
Storage, Transverse Compartment

PIKE POLE STORAGE
A rack will be provided for storage of
one (
1 )
D-handle pike pole(s). The rack will be located in the
transverse section of the crew cab compartment, below the seat box. The pole will be stored on the ceiling of the transverse compartment.

The size and brand of the pike poles stored will be
(
1 ) Nupla
6 ' Steel handle Rubbish hook in
crew cab transverse compartment to exit on driver side of cab .
0794837
Scuffplates, S/S, Door Frame, Three
Sides, Exterior Cab Compts

SCUFFPLATE
Both crew cab exterior compartments will be furnished with a scuffplate on three ( 3 ) sides of each
door frame. Each scuffplate will be
polished stainless steel
with a

0.38 " lip down.
0816708
SP
Tubes, Alum, Pike Pole Storage

PIKE POLE STORAGE
Aluminum tubing will be used for the storage of
one (
1 )
pike pole(s) with

1.38 " notch, to
accommodate a New York style pike pole
. The tubing will be located
inside crew cab transverse
compartment accessible from right side
. The tubing will be accessed from the
(
1 ) tube for
6 ' NY
hook with steel handle and pry end in best possible location .

The size and brand of the pike poles stored will be
Firehooks Unlimited
6 ’
steel NY Hook w/ pry
end
.
0539585
Cover, Aluminum, Painted to Match
Cab Interior
COVER
There will be
one (
1 )
painted aluminum cover(s) located
over MedVault in forward facing cabinet
to protect the wiring and antenna
.
0816728
SP
Drug Locker, Knox, MedVault Mini,
5230S3*, Surface Mounted

KNOX MEDVAULT
There will be a Knox MedVault
®
Mini, Model
5230
S
3 *, surface mounted
in forward facing crew
cab compartment on floor nearest driver side with door just behind webbing so it can be accessed easily at edge of cabinet.
. A standard door and mechanical override will be provided.

The antenna will be located on the
back
.
0894089
Dash, Heavy Duty Metal, Enforcer

CAB DASH
The driver side dash, switch panel located to the right of the driver, and center console will be constructed of aluminum and
painted fire smoke gray
.

The officer side dash will be a flat top design with an upper beveled edge to provide easy maintenance and will be constructed out of aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.

The instrument gauge cluster will be surrounded with a high impact ABS plastic contoured to the same shape of the instrument gauge cluster.
0894499
SP
Work Surface, 1/4" Alum, Eng Tnl,
Back 5", To RF Cabinet, Flange,Lip x
2,SFR/Enf

WORK SURFACE ON ENGINE TUNNEL
There will be a work surface provided on the engine tunnel. The work surface will start

5.00 "
behind the center instrument panel, terminating at the rear facing cabinet, and follow the width of the engine tunnel. It will be constructed of

0.25 " aluminum.

The beginning of the work surface will be spaced

1.50 " off the top surface of the engine tunnel.

The work surface will be flat from the front of the engine tunnel up to the rear facing cabinet. The sides of the work surface will flange down to enclose the area underneath. There will be a

1.00 "

lip around the entire edge of the work surface. An additional lip will be located 6 " back from the
front edge, shall run side to side of engine tunnel from Driver to officer side creating a trough at front of mounting plate
.

The mounting surface will be
painted to match the cab interior
.
0750824
Cab Interior, Vinyl Headliner, Saber
FR/Enforcer, CARE

CAB INTERIOR
The cab interior will be constructed of primarily metal (painted aluminum) to withstand the severe duty cycles of the fire service.

The engine tunnel will be
padded and covered, on the top and sides, with dark silver gray 36 ounce leather grain vinyl resistant to oil, grease, and mildew .

For durability and ease of maintenance, the cab interior side walls will be painted aluminum. The rear wall will be
painted aluminum
.

The headliner will be installed in both forward and rear cab sections. Headliner material will be vinyl. A sound barrier will be part of its composition. Material will be installed on an aluminum sheet and securely fastened to interior cab ceiling.

The forward portion of the cab headliner will permit easy access for service of electrical wiring or other maintenance needs.

All wiring will be placed in metal raceways.

CAB INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY
The cab interior upholstery will be
36 oz dark silver gray vinyl
.
0753903
Cab Interior, Paint Color, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CAB INTERIOR PAINT
The cab interior metal surfaces, excluding the rear heater panels, will be painted fire smoke gray,
vinyl texture paint
.

The rear heater panels will be painted black, vinyl textured paint. 16 943
Bid #:

0052100
Floor, Rubber Padded, Cab & Crew
Cab, Saber/Enforcer

CAB FLOOR
The cab and crew cab floor areas will be covered with Polydamp ™
acoustical floor mat consisting
of a black pyramid rubber facing and closed cell foam decoupler.

The top surface of the material has a series of raised pyramid shapes evenly spaced, which offer a superior grip surface. Additionally, the material has a

0.25 " thick closed cell foam (no water
absorption) which offers a sound dampening material for reducing sound levels. 0722038
HVAC, Enforcer, w/X15, CARE

DEFROST/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
A ceiling mounted combination heater, defroster and air conditioning system will be installed in the cab above the engine tunnel area.

Cab Defroster
A
54,000
BTU heater-defroster unit with
690
SCFM of air flow will be provided inside the cab. The
heater-defrost will be installed in the forward portion of the cab ceiling. Air outlets will be strategically located in the cab header extrusion per the following:

One (
1 ) adjustable will be directed towards the left side cab window One (
1 ) adjustable will be directed towards the right side cab window Six (
6 ) fixed outlets will be directed at the windshield
The defroster will be capable of clearing
98 percent of the windshield and side glass when tested under conditions where the cab has been cold soaked at
0 degrees Fahrenheit for
10 hours, and
a
2 ounce per square inch layer of frost/ice has been able to build up on the exterior windshield.

The defroster system will meet or exceed SAE J
382
requirements.

Cab/Crew Auxiliary Heater
There will be
no auxiliary heater provided in the rear facing seat risers .

Air Conditioning
A

19.10 cubic inch compressor will be installed on the engine.

A roof-mounted condenser with a
78,000
BTU output at
2,400
SCFM that meets and exceeds the
performance specification will be installed on the cab roof. The condenser cover to be painted
#10
white
.

The air conditioning system will be capable of cooling the average cab temperature from 100

degrees Fahrenheit to
75 degrees Fahrenheit at
50 percent relative humidity within
30 minutes.

The cooling performance test will be run only after the cab has been heat soaked at 100
degrees
Fahrenheit for a minimum of
4 hours.

The evaporator unit will be installed in the rear portion of the cab ceiling over the engine tunnel.

The evaporator will include one (
1 ) high performance heating core, one (
1 ) high performance
cooling core with (
1 ) plenum directed to the front and one (
1 ) plenum directed to the rear of the
cab. The rear plenum will be covered with
a metal cover painted to match the cab interior
.

The evaporator unit will have a
52,000
BTU at
690
SCFM rating that meets and exceeds the
performance specifications.

Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the forward plenum cover per the following:

Four (
4 ) will be directed towards the seating position on the left side of the cab Four (
4 ) will be directed towards the seating position on the right side of the cab Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the evaporator cover per the following:

Minimum of five (
5 ) will be directed towards crew cab area
A high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter will be included for the system. Access to the filter cover will be
hinged with two (
2 ) thumb latches
.

The air conditioner refrigerant will be R-
134
A and will be installed by a certified technician.

Climate Control
An automotive style controller will be provided to control the heat and air conditioning system within the cab. The controller will have three (
3 ) functional knobs for fan speed, temperature, and
air flow distribution (front to rear) control.

The system will control the temperature of the cab and crew cab automatically by pushing the center of the fan speed control knob. Rotate the center temperature control knob to set the cab and crew cab temperature.

The AC system will be manually activated by pushing the center of the temperature control knob.

Pushing the center of the air flow distribution knob will engage the AC for max defrost, setting the fan speeds to
100
percent and directing all air flow to the overhead forward position.

The system controller will be located
within panel position
#13
.

Gravity Drain Tubes
Two (
2 ) condensate drain tubes will be provided for the air conditioning evaporator. The drip pan will have two (
2 ) drain tubes plumbed separately to allow for the condensate to exit the drip pan.

No pumps will be provided.
0639675
Sun Visor, Smoked Lexan, AXT,
Imp/Vel, Saber FR/Enforcer

SUN VISORS
Two (
2 ) smoked Lexan
™
sun visors will be provided. The sun visors will be located above the windshield with one (
1 ) mounted on each side of the cab.

There will be
no retention bracket
provided to help secure each sun visor in the stowed position. 0622887
Grab Handles, Driver Door Post,
Officer Door Post Low, Saber
FR/Enforcer

GRAB HANDLE
A black rubber covered grab handle will be mounted on the door post of the driver and officer's side cab door to assist in entering the cab. The officer's side grab handle will be mounted on the lower portion of the door post. The grab handle will be securely mounted to the post area between the door and windshield.
0583938
Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto
Sw, Wln 3SC0CDCR, 3" LED, Trim

ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHTS
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen, Model
3 SC
0 CDCR,
12 volt DC,

3.00 " white LED light(s) with
Whelen, Model
3 FLANGEC, chrome flange kit(s) installed under the cab to be used as engine compartment illumination.

These light(s) will be activated automatically when the cab is raised. 17 943
Bid #:

0631830
Fluid Check Access, Saber
FR/Enforcer, Arrow XT

ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS
For access to the engine oil and transmission fluid dipsticks, there will be a door on the engine tunnel, inside the crew cab. The door will be on the rear wall of the engine tunnel, on the vertical surface.

The engine oil dipstick will allow for checking only. The transmission dipstick will allow for both checking and filling.

The door will have a rubber seal for thermal and acoustic insulation. One ( 1 )
flush lift and turn
latch
will be provided on the access door.
0817150
SP
Console, 2 Cup Holders, 4" Diameter
x 4 H x 1" Slit, Matting, Center Tray,
Size

CUP HOLDER/STORAGE CONSOLE
There will be
four (
4 )
console(s) located
(
1 ) inboard of driver, (
1 ) inboard of officer seat, (
1 )
inboard of each crew seat. Exact location provided at final inspection . On each side of the
console(s) will be a

4.00 " diameter x

4.00 " high cup holder with a

1.00 " wide x

3.50 " high slot on
the side to hold beverages with handles. Between the cup holders will be a 7 "
wide x

4.00 " high
storage area.

Black rubber matting will be provided on the bottom of each cup holder.

The console(s) will be painted to match the cab interior. 0599959
Straps, Velcro, Map Box, Custom
Chassis

VELCRO STRAP(S) FOR MAP BOX
There will be
two (
2 )
Velcro® strap(s)
installed at final inspection
.
0002503
Map box, 4 bin, Custom Chassis

MAP BOX
A map box with four (
4 ) bins, open at top, will be installed
cab engine tunnel determined at final
inspection
. The map box will be divided into two (
2 ) bins wide x two (
2 ) bins high. Each bin will be

9.25 " wide x

4.00 " deep x

12.00 " high. The map box will be constructed of .
125
" aluminum and
will be painted to match the cab interior.
0002501
Map box, 4 bin/30 Deg Slant, Custom
Chassis

MAP BOX
A map box with four (
4 ) bins, open from top, will be installed
mount at final
. The map box will be
divided into four (
4 ) bins, each being

12.50 " wide x

2.25 " high x

12.00 " deep. Each bin will slant
30 degrees from horizontal. The map box will be constructed of . 125
" aluminum and will be
painted to match the cab interior.
18 943
Bid #:

0583042
Side Roll and Frontal Impact
Protection

CAB SAFETY SYSTEM
The cab will be provided with a safety system designed to protect occupants in the event of a side roll or frontal impact, and will include the following:

A supplemental restraint system (SRS) sensor will be installed on a structural cab member behind the instrument panel. The SRS sensor will perform real time diagnostics of all critical subsystems and will record sensory inputs immediately before and during a side roll or frontal impact event.

A slave SRS sensor will be installed in the cab to provide capacity for eight ( 8 ) crew cab seating
positions.

A fault-indicating light will be provided on the vehicle's instrument panel allowing the driver to monitor the operational status of the SRS system.

A driver side front air bag will be mounted in the steering wheel and will be designed to protect the head and upper torso of the occupant, when used in combination with the 3 -point seat belt.

A passenger side knee bolster air bag will be mounted in the modesty panel below the dash panel and will be designed to protect the legs of the occupant, when used in combination with the 3 -point seat belt.

Air curtains will be provided in the outboard bolster of outboard seat backs to provide a cushion between occupant and the cab wall.

Suspension seats will be provided with devices to retract them to the lowest travel position during a side roll or frontal impact event.

Seat belts will be provided with pre-tensioners to remove slack from the seat belt during a side roll or frontal impact event.

Frontal Impact Protection
The SRS system will provide protection during a frontal or oblique impact event. The system will activate when the vehicle decelerates at a predetermined G force known to cause injury to the occupants. The cab and chassis will have been subjected, via third party test facility, to a crash impact during frontal and oblique impact testing. Testing included all major chassis and cab components such as mounting straps for fuel and air tanks, suspension mounts, front suspension components, rear suspensions components, frame rail cross members, engine and transmission and their mounts, pump house and mounts, frame extensions and body mounts. The testing provided configuration specific information used to optimize the timing for firing the safety restraint system. The sensor will activate the pyrotechnic devices when the correct crash algorithm, wave form, is detected.

The SRS system will deploy the following components in the event of a frontal or oblique impact event:

Driver side front air bag
Passenger side knee bolster air bag
Air curtains mounted in the outboard bolster of outboard seat backs Suspension seats will be retracted to the lowest travel position Seat belts will be pre-tensioned to firmly hold the occupant in place Side Roll Protection
The SRS system will provide protection during a fast or slow 90 degree roll to the side, in which
the vehicle comes to rest on its side. The system will analyze the vehicle's angle and rate of roll to determine the optimal activation of the advanced occupant restraints.

The SRS system will deploy the following components in the event of a side roll:

Air curtains mounted in the outboard bolster of outboard seat backs Suspension seats will be retracted to the lowest travel position Seat belts will be pre-tensioned to firmly hold the occupant in place 0622617
Seating Capacity, 6 Seats

SEATING CAPACITY
The seating capacity of the vehicle (including tiller cab and belted seat positions in the rescue body) will be six (
6 ).
0766159
Seat, Driver, USSC, Valor, P1A, Air
Ride, I-Back, Safety, Saber
FR/Enforcer

DRIVER SEAT
A USSC Valor air suspension I-back seat will be provided in the cab for the driver. For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (

6.00 " travel).

To provide flexibility for multiple driver configurations, the seat will have a reclining back, adjustable from
15 degrees back to
15 degrees forward.

The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system:

Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position.

A suspension seat safety system will be included. When activated in the event of a side roll, this system will pretension the seat belt and retract the seat to its lowest travel position.

Shipped loose with the seat will be
no additional contaminant mitigation vinyl covers
.

The seat will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt.
0887436
Seat, Officer, USSC, Valor, P1A, Air
Ride, SCBA, Safety, Enforcer X15

OFFICER SEAT

A USSC, P
1 A, SCBA air suspension seat will be provided in the cab for the officer. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with

17.00 " deep cushion. For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the height (

3.00 " travel).

The seat back will be an SCBA back style with
5 degree fixed recline angle. The SCBA cavity will
be adjustable from front to rear in

0.75 " increments, to accommodate different sized SCBA
cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it in the desired location.

The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system:

Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position.

A suspension seat safety system will be included. When activated, this system will pretension the seat belt and then retract the seat to its lowest travel position.

The seat will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt.

Shipped loose with the seat will be
no additional contaminant mitigation vinyl covers
.
19 943
Bid #:

0792468
Radio Compartment, Behind Officer
Seat, Saber FR/Enforcer

RADIO COMPARTMENT
A compartment for the radio amplifier will be located on the floor of the cab behind the officer seat. A lift-up door with a chrome plated lift and turn latch will be provided for access. The compartment will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior. 0795014
Seat, Rear Facing C/C, DS Outboard,
USSC, Valor, SCBA, Safety, Saber
FR/Enforcer

REAR FACING DRIVER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (
1 ) rear facing seat, USSC Valor SCBA seat provided at the driver side outboard position in the crew cab. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with a

15.00 "
deep cushion.

The seat back will be an SCBA back style with
95 degree fixed recline angle. The SCBA cavity
will be adjustable from front to rear in

0.75 " increments, to accommodate different sized SCBA
cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it in the desired location.

The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system:

Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position.

A seat safety system will be included. When activated, this system will pretension the seat belt.

The seat will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt.

Shipped loose with the seat will be
no additional contaminant mitigation vinyl covers
.
0102783
Not Required, Seat, Rr Facing C/C,
Center
0795010
Seat, Rear Facing C/C, PS Outboard,
USSC, Valor, SCBA, Safety, Saber
FR/Enforcer

REAR FACING PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (
1 ) rear facing, USSC Valor SCBA seat provided at the passenger side outboard position in the crew cab. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with a

15.00 "
deep cushion.

The seat back will be an SCBA back style with
95 degree fixed recline angle. The SCBA cavity
will be adjustable from front to rear in

0.75 " increments, to accommodate different sized SCBA
cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it in the desired location.

The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system:

Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position.

A seat safety system will be included. When activated, this system will pretension the seat belt.

The seat will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt.

Shipped loose with the seat will be
no additional contaminant mitigation vinyl covers
.
0757156
Seat, Forward Facing C/C, DS
Outboard, USSC, Valor, I-
Back,Foldup,Safety,SFR/Enf

FORWARD FACING LEFT SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (
1 ) forward facing, USSC Valor foldup seat provided at the driver side outboard position in the crew cab. For optimal comfort, and to maximize accessibility to the crew cab, the seat will be provided with

17.00 " deep cushion. The seat back will be an I-back style with an adjustable recline angle. To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with a sensor in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating the seat is occupied but not buckled.

The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system:

Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position A seat safety system will be included. When activated, this system will pretension the seat belt.

The seat will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt.

Shipped loose with the seat will be
no additional contaminant mitigation vinyl covers
.
0816689
SP
Cabinet, Forward Facing, Center,

38.50 W x 40 H x 16.25 D, Web,
SFR/Enf

FORWARD FACING CENTER CABINET
A forward facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the center position.

The cabinet will be

38.50 " wide x

40.00 " high x

16.25 " deep. The interior door will be web netting.

The netting will be made with

1.00 " wide nylon material with

2.00 " openings. The nylon webbing
will be permanently fastened at the
bottom
side of the cabinet and have
spring clip and hook

fasteners on the opposite side to secure it. The clear door opening will be

36.00 " wide x

37.00 "
high.

The cabinet will include
two (
2 ) infinitely adjustable shelves with a

1.25 " up-turned lip
painted to
match the cab interior
.

The cabinet will include
no louvers
.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum, and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be
one (
1 ) white Amdor LED strip light installed on the right side of the interior cabinet door opening and one (
1 ) white Amdor LED strip light installed on the left side of the interior cabinet door opening
. The lighting will be controlled by a rocker switch on the front of the cabinet. 20 943
Bid #:

0757157
Seat, Forward Facing C/C, PS
Outboard, USSC, Valor, I-
Back,Foldup,Safety,SFR/Enf

FORWARD FACING PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (
1 ) forward facing, USSC Valor foldup seat provided at the passenger side outboard position in the crew cab. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with a

17.00 "
deep cushion. The seat back will be an I-back style with an adjustable recline angle.

The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system:

Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position.

A seat safety system will be included. When activated, this system will pretension the seat belt around the occupant to firmly hold them in place in the event of a side roll.

Shipped loose with the seat will be
no additional contaminant mitigation vinyl covers
.

The seat will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt.
0782746
Upholstery, Seats In Cab, All Vinyl,
USSC

SEAT UPHOLSTERY
All seat upholstery will be leather grain
black
vinyl resistant to oil, grease and mildew. The cab will have
six (
6 )
seating positions.
0543991
Bracket, Air Bottle, Hands-Free II,
Cab Seats

AIR BOTTLE HOLDERS
All SCBA type seats in the cab will have a "Hands-Free" auto clamp style bracket in its backrest.

For efficiency and convenience, the bracket will include an automatic spring clamp that allows the occupant to store the SCBA bottle by simply pushing it into the seat back. For protection of all occupants in the cab, in the event of an accident, the inertial components within the clamp will constrain the SCBA bottle in the seat and will exceed the NFPA standard of 9 G.

There will be a quantity of
three (
3 )
SCBA brackets.
0613020
Inserts, Back Rest For USSC SCBA
Seats

BACK REST INSERTS
Provided with the USSC SCBA seats will be back rest inserts which covers the SCBA cavity.

The insert covers will be padded and covered with same material as the seat.

A total of
three (
3 ) inserts
covers will be provided.
0734952
Door, Access, Front, (2) Rear Facing
Seat Risers, No Heater

ACCESS DOOR
An access door will be provided in the front edge of each rear facing seat riser with a drop down door. The drop down door will be provided with a
small D-handle latch
and
painted to match the
cab interior
. There will be
no louvers
.
0730233
SP
Seat Mounting, Forward Facing.

Moved 2" Rearward, USSC Recline

SPECIAL SEAT MOUNTING
The reclining forward facing seat will be mounted

2.00 " rearward of the standard location.

Moving the seat closer to the rear wall will limit the recline angle of the seat. 0603866
Seat Belt, Dual Retractor,
ReadyReach, Saber FR/Enforcer

SEAT BELTS
All cab and tiller cab (if applicable) seating positions will have red
seat belts. To provide quick,
easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the female buckle and seat belt webbing length will meet or exceed the current edition of NFPA
1901
and CAN/ULC - S
515
standards.

The
3 -point shoulder type seat belts will include height adjustment. This adjustment will optimize the belts effectiveness and comfort for the seated firefighter. The 3 -point shoulder type seat belts
will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position.

The
3 -point shoulder type belts will also include the ReadyReach D-loop assembly to the shoulder belt system. The ReadyReach feature adds an extender arm to the D-loop location placing the D-loop in a closer, easier to reach location.

Any flip up seats will include a
3 -point shoulder type belts only.

To ensure safe operation, the seats will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. 0602464
Helmet Storage, Provided by Fire
Department, NFPA 2016

HELMET STORAGE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, section

14.1.7.4.1 requires a location for helmet storage be provided.

There is no helmet storage on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide a location for storage of helmets.
0647632
Lights, Dome, Wln 60C*EGCS Dual
LED 4 Lts

CAB DOME LIGHTS
There will be four (
4 ) Whelen, Model
60 C*EGCS,

6.00 " round dual LED dome lights provided.

Two (
2 ) lights will be mounted above the inside shoulder of the driver and officer and two ( 2 )
lights will be installed and located, one (
1 ) on each side of the crew cab.

The color of the LED's will be
red and white
.

The white LED's will be controlled by
the door switches and the lens switch
.

The color LED's will be controlled by
the lens switch
.
0813183
Not Required, Enhanced Software for
Cab and Crew Cab Dome Lts
21 943
Bid #:

0649587
Light, Map, Federal Littlite, LED,
Gooseneck

MAP LIGHT
There will be
one (
1 )
Federal Littlite® LED map light(s) provided in the cab and located to the left
of the officer, in the front corner area of the map box and dash (SEE PHOTO 134
)
. Each map
light will have a
on/off switch
with a

18.00 "
long flexible neck that exits the
side of the chassis
mount
. The map light(s) wiring will exit from the
bottom of the chassis mount
.

Each light will be provided with red and white LEDs.

The light switch(es) will be connected
directly to the battery switched power
.
0549393
Handlts, (4) Streamlight, Survivor C4
LED, 12v, Orange, 90509 Fast
Charge

HAND HELD SPOTLIGHT
There will be four (
4 ) Streamlight, Model Survivor
90509
, LED flashlights with
12 volt DC chargers
provided and installed
(
1 ) lights on top of the map box at the rear edge each side to slide out to the rear of the unit, (
1 ) LS
1 . Exact locations provided at Construction review. Ship one loose .
0774457
Handlight, Streamlight, Vulcan 180,
44315, 12v, Orange

ADDITIONAL HAND HELD LIGHT
There will be
four (
4 ) lights
additional
12 v Streamlight, Model
#44315
, Vulcan
180
LED light(s) will
be provided and mounted
(
1 ) each side of engine tunnel inboard of crew rear facing seats , one (
1 ) near officer on engine tunnel mounting plate (
1 ) in LS
3 on top shelf. Exact locations will be
provided at pre-construction visit
. Each light will be provided with a
12 volt direct wire vehicle
mounting rack and quick release shoulder strap.

Each light housing will be orange in color.
0603606
Cab Instruments, Ivory Gauges,
Chrome Bezels, Enf MUX

CAB INSTRUMENTATION
The cab instrument panel will include gauges, an LCD display, telltale indicator lamps, control switches, alarms, and a diagnostic panel. The function of the instrument panel controls and switches will be identified by a label adjacent to each item. Actuation of the headlight switch will illuminate the labels in low light conditions. Telltale indicator lamps will not be illuminated unless necessary. The cab instruments and controls will be conveniently located within the forward cab section, forward of the driver. The gauge assembly and switch panels are designed to be removable for ease of service and low cost of ownership.

Gauges
The gauge panel will include the following ten (
10 ) ivory faced gauges with chrome bezels to
monitor vehicle performance:

Voltmeter gauge (volts):

Low volts (

11.8 VDC)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
High volts (

15.5 VDC)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very low volts (

11.3 VDC)
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very high volts (

16.0 VDC)
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Tachometer (RPM)
Speedometer MPH (Major Scale), KM/H (Minor Scale)
Fuel level gauge (Empty - Full in fractions):

Low fuel (
1/8
full)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very low fuel (
1/32
full)
Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Oil pressure Gauge (PSI):

Low oil pressure to activate engine warning lights and alarms Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Front Air Pressure Gauges (PSI):

Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Rear Air Pressure Gauges (PSI):

Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Transmission Oil Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit):

High transmission oil temperature activates warning lights and alarm Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit):

High engine temperature activates an engine warning light and alarms Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions):

Low fluid (
1/8
full)
Amber indicator light in gauge dial
All gauges will perform prove out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.

Indicator Lamps
To promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps will be located on the instrument panel in clear view of the driver. The indicator lamps will be "dead-front" design that is only visible when active. The colored indicator lights will have descriptive text or symbols.

The following amber telltale lamps will be present:
22 943
Bid #:

Low coolant
Trac cntl (traction control) (where applicable
Check engine
Check trans (check transmission
Aux brake overheat (Auxiliary brake overheat
Air rest (air restriction)
Caution (triangle symbol)
Water in fuel
DPF (engine diesel particulate filter regeneration)
Trailer ABS (where applicable)
Wait to start (where applicable)
HET (engine high exhaust temperature) (where applicable) ABS (antilock brake system)
MIL (engine emissions system malfunction indicator lamp) (where applicable) Side roll fault (where applicable)
Front air bag fault (where applicable)
The following red telltale lamps will be present:

Warning (stop sign symbol)
Seat belt
Parking brake
Stop engine
Rack down
The following green telltale lamps will be provided:

Left turn
Right turn
Battery on
The following blue telltale lamp will be provided:

High beam
Alarms
Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm will be provided whenever a warning message is present.

Audible pulsing tone caution alarm: A pulsing audible tone alarm (chime/chirp) will be provided whenever a caution message is present without a warning message being present.

Alarm silence: Any active audible alarm will be able to be silenced by holding the ignition switch at the top position for three (
3 ) to five (
5 ) seconds. For improved safety, silenced audible alarms will intermittently chirp every
30 seconds until the alarm condition no longer exists. The intermittent chirp will act as a reminder to the operator that a caution or warning condition still exists. Any new warning or caution condition will enable the steady or pulsing tones respectively.

Indicator Lamp and Alarm Prove-Out
A system will be provided which automatically tests telltale indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel. Telltale indicators and alarms will perform prove-out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.

Control Switches
For ease of use, the following controls will be provided immediately adjacent to the cab instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications.

Headlight/Parking light switch: A three (
3 )-position maintained rocker switch will be
provided. The first switch position will deactivate all parking and headlights. The second switch position will activate the parking lights. The third switch will activate the headlights.

Panel back lighting intensity control switch: A three ( 3 )-position momentary rocker switch
will be provided. Pressing the top half of the switch, "Panel Up" increases the panel back lighting intensity and pressing the bottom half of the switch, "Panel Down" decreases the panel back lighting intensity. Pressing the half or bottom half of the switch several times will allow back lighting intensity to be gradually varied from minimum to maximum intensity level for ease of use.

Ignition switch: A three (
3 )-position maintained/momentary rocker switch will be provided.

The first switch position will turn off and deactivate vehicle ignition. The second switch position will activate vehicle ignition and will perform prove-out on the telltale indicators and alarms for
3 to
5 seconds after the switch is turned on. A green indicator lamp is activated with vehicle ignition. The third momentary position will temporarily silence all active cab alarms. An alarm "chirp" may continue as long as alarm condition exists.

Switching ignition to off position will terminate the alarm silence feature and reset function of cab alarm system.

Engine start switch: A two (
2 )-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position will activate the vehicle's engine. The switch actuator is designed to prevent accidental activation.

Hazard switch will be provided on the instrument panel or on the steering column.

Heater, defroster, and air conditioning control panel.

Windshield wiper control will include low, high and intermittent modes.

Turn signal arm: A self-canceling turn signal with high beam headlight will be provided.

Parking brake control: An air actuated push/pull park brake control valve will be provided.

Chassis horn control: Activation of the chassis horn control will be provided through the center of the steering wheel.

High idle engagement switch: A momentary rocker switch with integral indicator lamp will be provided. The switch will activate and deactivate the high idle function. The "OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp must be active for the high idle function to engage. A green indicator lamp integral to the high idle engagement switch will indicate when the high idle function is engaged.
"OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp: A green indicator light will be provided next to the high idle activation switch to indicate that the interlocks have been met to allow high idle engagement.

Emergency switching will be controlled by
multiple individual warning light switches for
various groups or areas of emergency warning lights. An Emergency Master switch provided on the instrument panel that enables or disables all individual warning light switches is included
.

An additional "Emergency Master" button will be provided on the lower left hand corner of the gauge panel to allow convenient control of the "Emergency Master" system from 23 943
Bid #:

inside the driver's door when standing on the ground.

Custom Switch Panels
The design of cab instrumentation will allow for emergency lighting and other switches to be placed within easy reach of the operator thus improving safety. There will be positions for up to four (
4 ) switch panels in the lower instrument console and up to six ( 6 ) switch
panels in the overhead visor console. All switches have backlit labels for low light conditions.

Diagnostic Panel
A diagnostic panel will be accessible while standing on the ground and located inside the driver's side door left of the steering column. The diagnostic panel will allow diagnostic tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved troubleshooting providing a lower cost of ownership. Diagnostic switches will allow ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist.

The diagnostic panel will include the following:

Engine diagnostic port
Transmission diagnostic port
ABS diagnostic port
Roll sensor diagnostic port
Command Zone USB diagnostic port
ABS diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on ABS telltale indicator) Diesel particulate filter regeneration switch (where applicable) Diesel particulate filter regeneration inhibit switch (where applicable) Cab LCD Display
A digital four (
4 )-row by
20 -character dot matrix display will be integral to the gauge panel. The display will be capable of showing simple graphical images as well as text. The display will be split into three (
3 ) sections. Each section will have a
dedicated function. The upper left section will display the outside ambient temperature.

The upper right section will display the following, along with other configuration specific information:

Odometer
Trip mileage
PTO hours
Fuel consumption
Engine hours
The bottom section will display INFO, CAUTION, and WARNING messages. Text messages will automatically activate to describe the cause of an audible caution or warning alarm. The LCD will be capable of displaying multiple text messages should more than one caution or warning condition exist.
0509511
Air Restriction Indicator, Imp/Vel,
AXT, Dash CF, Enf MUX

AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR
A high air restriction warning indicator light LCD message with amber warning indicator and audible alarm will be provided.
0543751
Light, Do Not Move Apparatus

"DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR
A flashing red indicator light, located in the driving compartment, will be illuminated automatically per the current NFPA requirements. The light will be labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus If Light Is On."
The same circuit that activates the Do Not Move Apparatus indicator will activate a pulsing alarm

when the parking brake is released.
0509042
Messages, Open Dr/DNMT, Color
Dsply,

DO NOT MOVE TRUCK MESSAGES
Messages will be displayed on the Command Zone
™,
color display located within sight of the
driver whenever the Do Not Move Truck light is active. The messages will designate the item or items not in the stowed for vehicle travel position (parking brake disengaged).

The following messages will be displayed (where applicable):

Do Not Move Truck
DS Cab Door Open (Driver Side Cab Door Open)
PS Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Cab Door Open)
DS Crew Cab Door Open (Driver Side Crew Cab Door Open)
PS Crew Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door Open) DS Body Door Open (Driver Side Body Door Open)
PS Body Door Open (Passenger's Side Body Door Open)
Rear Body Door Open
DS Ladder Rack Down (Driver Side Ladder Rack Down)
PS Ladder Rack Down (Passenger Side Ladder Rack Down)
Deck Gun Not Stowed
Lt Tower Not Stowed (Light Tower Not Stowed)
Fold Tank Not Stowed (Fold-A-Tank Not Stowed)
Aerial Not Stowed (Aerial Device Not Stowed)
Stabilizer Not Stowed
Steps Not Stowed
Handrail Not Stowed
Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates a hazard or is likely to cause major damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved will be displayed as a caution message after the parking brake is disengaged.
24 943
Bid #:

0622798
Switching, Cab Instrument Lower
Console & Overhead, Rocker MUX,
Enforcer

SWITCH PANELS
The built-in switch panels will be located in the lower console or overhead console of the cab.

The switches will be rocker-type and include an integral indicator light. For quick, visual indication the switch will be illuminated whenever the switch is active. A 2 -ply, scratch resistant laser
engraved Gravoply label indicating the use of each switch will be placed below the switches. The label will allow light to pass through the letters for improved visibility in low light conditions.

Switches and light source are integral to the switch panel assembly. 0802940
Wiper Control, 2-Speed with
Intermittent, Saber FR/Enforcer

WIPER CONTROL
Wiper control will consist of a two (
2 )-speed windshield wiper control with intermittent feature and windshield washer controls. The control will be
located above the ignition switch
.
0547318
Wiring, Spare, 10 A 12V DC, Switch
Feature 1st

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
one (
1 )
pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery power
.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to
10 amps at
12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate

CIRCUIT
#1
: in the rear facing center cabinet (option
#597870
),
strip to be mounted on rear wall up high and centered (SEE PHOTO 141
). Switch on the
instrument panel to be labeled
“

CARGO BOX
”&#
x
0 D; &#x
0 D;
.

Termination will be
with a
10 -place bus bar with screws and removable cover
.

The circuits selected above will be controlled by a switch in the following locations:
a switch in the driver's side switch panel
no additional switch location
Wires will be sized to
125%
of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0548001
Wiring, Spare, 10 A 12V DC 2nd

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
one (
1 )
pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery power
.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to
10 amps at
12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate
behind the officer's seat (label this as
“
TIC
”)
.

Termination will be
with heat shrinkable butt splicing
.

Wires will be sized to
125%
of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0548004
Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 1st

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
five (
5 )
pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery power
The negative wire will be connected to ground
Wires will be protected to
15 amps at
12 volts DC
Power and ground will terminate
two (
2 ) in swich panel
#9
and two (
2 ) on the dash in front of the
officer in the slanted portion, left of the knee (SEE PHOTO 134
& INSTRUMENT PANEL
DRAWING), one (
1 ) in the center crew cab storage compartment on top
Termination will be
with
15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover
Wires will be sized to
125
percent of the protection
The circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0803875
Radio, AM/FM/WB, Jensen, Frt,Rear
Aux In/Frt,Rear USB/Bluetooth

STEREO RADIO
A Jensen, heavy duty AM/FM / Bluetooth / Weatherband stereo radio, with front and rear auxiliary input will be installed
per switch panel layout
. There will be

5.25 " speakers installed
one (
1 ) pair
of

5.25 " speakers in the cab and one (
1 ) pair of

5.25 " speakers in the crew cab
. The antenna will
be
a roof-mounted rubber antenna located on the left side of the cab .

The following features will be included:
-
180
watts max power output (
45 W x
4 )
- Bluetooth® streaming audio and controls
(A
2 DP/AVRCP) with hands-free calling (HFP)
- Electronic AM/FM tuner (US/Euro)
- iPod®/iPhone® ready via USB
- SiriusXM-Ready®
- Seven-channel NOAA weatherband with S.A.M.E. technology - USB

2.0 for playback of MP
3 & WMA audio files
- RBDS with PTY search
- Front and rear USB input
- Front and rear AUX input
0814201
Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color
Display, Touchscreen, MUX, CL714

INFORMATION CENTER
An information center employing a

7.00 " diagonal touch screen color LCD display will be encased in an ABS plastic housing.

The information center will have the following specifications:

Operate in temperatures from -
40 to
158
degrees Fahrenheit
LCD optically bonded to hardened AR glass lens
Five weather resistant user interface switches
Grey with black accents
25 943
Bid #:

Sunlight Readable
Linux operating system
Minimum of
1000
nits rated display
Display can be changed to an available foreign language A LCD display integral to the cab gauge panel will be included as outlined in the cab instrumentation area.

Programmed to read
US Customary
General Screen Design
Where possible, background colors will be used to provide "At a Glance" vehicle information. If information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background will be used.

If a caution or warning situation arises the following will occur:

An amber background/text color will indicate a caution condition A red background/text color will indicate a warning condition The information center will utilize an "Alert Center" to display text messages for audible alarm tones. The text messages will be written to identify the item(s) causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (
1 ) text message occurs, the messages will cycle every second until the problem(s) have been resolved. The background color for the "Alert Center" will change to indicate the severity of the "warning" message. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color will be shown for all alert center messages.

A label for each button will exist. The label will indicate the function for each active button for each screen. Buttons that are not utilized on specific screens will have a button label with no text or symbol.

Home/Transit Screen
This screen will display the following:

Vehicle Mitigation (if equipped)
Water Level (if the water level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
Foam Level (if the foam level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
Seat Belt Monitoring Screen
Tire Pressure Monitoring (if equipped)
Digital Speedometer
Active Alarms
On Scene Screen
This screen will display the following and will be auto activated with pump engaged (if equipped):

Battery Voltage
Fuel
Oil Pressure
Coolant Temperature
RPM
Water Level (if equipped)
Foam Level (if equipped)
Foam Concentration (if equipped)
Water Flow Rate (if equipped)
Water Used (if equipped)
Active Alarms
Virtual Buttons
There will be four (
4 ) virtual switch panel screens that match the overhead and lower lighting and HVAC switch panels.

Page Screen
The page screen will display the following and allow the user to progress into other screens for further functionality:

Diagnostics
Faults
Listed by order of occurrence
Allows to sort by system
Interlock
Throttle Interlocks
Pump Interlocks (if equipped)
Aerial Interlocks (if equipped)
PTO Interlocks (if equipped)
Load Manager
A list of items to be load managed will be provided. The list will provide a description of the load.

The lower the priority numbers the earlier the device will be shed should a low voltage condition occur.

The screen will indicate if a load has been shed (disabled) or not shed. "At a glance" color features are utilized on this screen.

Systems
Command Zone
Module type and ID number
Module Version
Input or output number
Circuit number connected to that input or output
Status of the input or output
Power and Constant Current module diagnostic information Foam (if equipped)
Pressure Controller (if equipped)
Generator Frequency (if equipped)
Live Data
General Truck Data
Maintenance
Engine oil and filter
Transmission oil and filter
Pump oil (if equipped)
Foam (if equipped)
Aerial (if equipped)
Setup
Clock Setup
26 943
Bid #:

Date & Time
12 or
24 hour format
Set time and date
Backlight
Daytime
Night time
Sensitivity
Unit Selection
Home Screen
Virtual Button Setup
On Scene Screen Setup
Configure Video Mode
Set Video Contrast
Set Video Color
Set Video Tint
Do Not Move
The screen will indicate the approximate location and type of item that is open or is not stowed for travel. The actual status of the following devices will be indicated Driver Side Cab Door
Passenger's Side Cab Door
Driver Side Crew Cab Door
Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door
Driver Side Body Doors
Passenger's Side Body Doors
Rear Body Door(s)
Ladder Rack (if applicable)
Deck Gun (if applicable)
Light Tower (if applicable)
Hatch Door (if applicable)
Stabilizers (if applicable)
Steps (if applicable)
Notifications
View Active Alarms
Shows a list of all active alarms including date and time of the occurrence is shown with each alarm
Silence Alarms - All alarms are silenced
Timer Screen
HVAC (if equipped)
Tire Information (if equipped)
Ascendant Set Up Confirmation (if equipped)
Button functions and button labels may change with each screen. 0816633
Collision Mitigation, HAAS Alert
(R2V), HA7

COLLISION MITIGATION
There will be a HAAS Alert®, Model HA
7 Responder-to-Vehicle (R
2 V) collision avoidance system
provided on the apparatus. The HA
7 cellular transponder module will be installed behind the cab windshield, as high and near to the center as practical, to allow clear visibility to the sky. The module dimensions are

5.40 " long x

2.70 " wide x

1.30 " high, and operating temperature range is
-
40 degree C to
85 degree C.

The transponder will be connected to the vehicle's emergency master circuit and battery direct power and ground.

While responding with emergency lights on, the HA
7 transponder sends alert messages via
cellular network to motorists in the vicinity of the responding truck that are equipped with the WAZE app.

While on scene with emergency lights on, the HA
7 transponder sends road hazard alerts to
motorists in the vicinity of the truck that are equipped with the WAZE app.

The HA
7 Responder-to-Vehicle (R
2 V) collision avoidance system will include
the transponder
and a
5 year cellular plan subscription
.

Activation of the HAAS Alert system requires a representative of the customer to accept the End User License Agreement (EULA) via an on-line portal.
27 943
Bid #:

0606247
Vehicle Data Recorder w/CZ Display
Seat Belt Monitor

VEHICLE DATA RECORDER
There will be a vehicle data recorder (VDR) capable of reading and storing vehicle information provided.

The information stored on the VDR can be downloaded through a USB port mounted in a convenient location determined by cab model. A USB cable can be used to connect the VDR to a laptop to retrieve required information. The program to download the information from the VDR will be available to download on-line.

The vehicle data recorder will be capable of recording the following data via hardwired and/or CAN inputs:

Vehicle Speed - MPH
Acceleration - MPH/sec
Deceleration - MPH/sec
Engine Speed - RPM
Engine Throttle Position - % of Full Throttle
ABS Event - On/Off
Seat Occupied Status - Yes/No by Position
Seat Belt Buckled Status - Yes/No by Position
Master Optical Warning Device Switch - On/Off
Time -
24 Hour Time
Date - Year/Month/Day
Seat Belt Monitoring System
A seat belt monitoring system (SBMS) will be provided on the Command Zone ™
color display.

The SBMS will be capable of monitoring up to
10 seating positions indicating the status of each
seat position per the following:

Seat Occupied & Buckled = Green LED indicator illuminated Seat Occupied & Unbuckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Buckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Unbuckled = No indicator and no alarm
The seat belt monitoring screen will become active on the Command Zone color display when:

The home screen is active:
and there is any occupant seated but not buckled or any belt buckled with an occupant. and there are no other Do Not Move Apparatus conditions present. As soon as all Do Not Move Apparatus conditions are cleared, the SBMS will be activated.

The SBMS will include an audible alarm that will warn that an unbuckled occupant condition exists and the parking brake is released, or the transmission is not in park. 0811745
SP
Intercom, David Clark, 7-Pos, 3-
Radio, (D, O, RPTT, P), 4obC, 3805

INTERCOM SYSTEM
A seven (
7 ) position intercom system with single radio interface at the driver, officer, and pump operator positions will be provided. The driver and officer will have remote radio push-to-talk buttons located
per intercom layout
. Four (
4 ) outboard crew seats will have radio listen / intercom only.

The following David Clark, Model U
3800
, components will be supplied with this system:

One (
1 ) U
3805
Radio cord junction module
Two (
2 ) U
3815
Radio interface station (Driver, Officer)
Two (
2 ) Remote Push-To-Talk kits
Two (
2 ) U
3802
Intercom only stations (
2 Crew)
One (
1 ) U
3801
Intercom only stations (
1 Crew)
One (
1 ) U
3800
Intercom unit (
1 Crew)
One (
1 ) C
3820
Power cable
One (
1 ) U
3815
A Radio interface station (Pump panel)
All interconnect cables
0637058
David Clark Universal Radio
Interfaces Included with Single/Dual
System

RADIO / INTERCOM INTERFACE INCLUDED
All radio interfaced stations will have universal radio interfaces installed. The interface wiring will be routed within the cab to
the radios in positions
5 and
6 overhead (per intercom layout in stage
3 folder)
.
0597914
Headset, David Clark, H3442 Under
Helmet, Flex Mic

UNDER THE HELMET HEADSET
There will be
four (
4 )
under the helmet, headset(s) provided
driver, officer and
2 crew. See #!
11 S:\FAE-SHARE\DEPT\Job E-Folders\
32000-32999
\
32136
\Stage
6 - Manufacturing
.

Each David Clark, Model H
3442
, headset will feature:

M-
7 A noise canceling electret microphone
Hybrid wire/flex boom assembly,
280
Â rotating, for perfect microphone placement on left or right side
Dynamic earphone elements
Advanced Undercut Gel Ear Seals for superior comfort
Microphone on/off switch
6 ft. extended coil cord
Adjustable overhead support assembly
Carbon steel nape-band spring, black finish, rotates for left or right side mic positioning Independently Certified NRR:
23 dB
0681408
Hangers For Headsets, NFPA, Each

HEADSET HANGERS
There will be
four (
4 )
headset hanger(s) installed
driver's seat, officer's seat, driver's side
outboard forward facing seat and passenger's side outboard forward facing seat . The hanger(s)
will meet NFPA
1901
, Section

14.1.11 , requirement for equipment mounting.
28 943
Bid #:

0597940
Install Customer Provided Two-Way
Radio Speaker(s)

TWO WAY RADIO SPEAKER INSTALLATION
There will be
two (
2 )
customer supplied two way radio speakers sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred third party installer to be installed in the cab overhead, center per job
26350
(
1 st speaker is to be wired to primary radio,
2 nd speaker to be wired to secondary radio) -

SEE PHOTO
52 See
#11
S:\FAE-SHARE\DEPT\Job E-Folders\
32000-32999
\
32136
\Stage
6 -
Manufacturing
.

Specific shipping requirements will be followed.
0559503
Install Customer Provided, Portable
Radio Charger(s)

PORTABLE RADIO CHARGER INSTALLATION
There will be
four (
4 )
customer supplied portable two-way radio chargers(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred radio installer to be installed (
2 ) on top of map box (SEE PHOTO
149
),
(
1 ) in gap between center rear facing cabinet and DS EMS cabinet (SEE PHOTO 151
) and (
1 ) in
gap between center rear facing cabinet and PS EMS cabinet (SEE PHOTO 150
). Chargers to be
powered "battery direct"
. Specific shipping requirements will be followed.
0559156
Install Customer Provided Two-Way
Radio(s)

TWO WAY RADIO INSTALLATION
There will be
two (
2 )
customer supplied two way radio(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred radio installer to be installed
in the DS rear facing EMS cabinet. BOTH radios are to be powered "battery switched"
per the shipping document.

No antenna mount or whip will be included in this option.

Specific radio shipping requirements will be followed.
0003757
Antenna, Std and Add'l Mts Only, 2-
way Radio,Cust,Spl Cable Routing

RADIO ANTENNA MOUNT
There will be
two (
2 )
standard antenna-mounting base(s), Model MATM, with
17 feet of coax
cable and weatherproof cap provided for a two (
2 )-way radio installation. The standard mount will
be located on the cab roof, just to the rear of the officer seat and the additional mount(s) will be located
per job
26350
(SEE PHOTO
114
)
. The cable(s) will be routed
behind the office seat
.
0816158
Camera, Pierce, LS Mux, RS, LS, R,
Cameras, AHD

VEHICLE CAMERA SYSTEM
There will be a color vehicle camera system provided with the following:

One (
1 ) Analog High Definition (AHD) camera located on the right side of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the right side turn signal.

One (
1 ) AHD camera located on the left side of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the left side turn signal.

One (
1 ) AHD,
white
camera located at the rear of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the vehicle in reverse.

The camera images will be displayed on the left side vehicle information center display. Audio from the microphone on the rear camera will be
emitted by an amplified speaker with volume
control in the blank panel to the right of the steering column .

The following components will be included:

One (
1 )
1080
P Rear Camera
Two (
2 )
1080
P Side Cameras
All necessary cables
0814861
Camera, Switcher, Pierce, 4 channel,

AHD, CVBS

CAMERA SWITCHER
There will be one (
1 ), HMU
318
HD Image Processor multiplexer,
4 channel camera video
switcher with remote control provided to allow Single, dual, triplex, quad, trefoil, Y split and PIP view display modes on the vehicle information center display provided. The switcher will have one (
1 ) CVBS, Composite Video Blanking and Sync, standard Definition video output and one ( 1 )
AHD, Analog High Definition video output for High Definition cameras. 0769446
SP
Bracket, Camera, Hose Bed Cover
Cross Bar

CAMERA MOUNTING
There will be one (
1 ) bracket welded to the aluminum hose bed cross bar at the rear of the truck to provide a mounting surface for the vehicle camera(s) located above the hose bed on the cross
bar left side of traffic directing light
.
0674566
Location, Rear Vision Camera

REAR CAMERA LOCATION
The rear camera will be located
above the hose bed on the cross bar left side of traffic directing light
.
0511071
Guard, 4-Way, Rear Vision Camera

VEHICLE CAMERA GUARD
There will be
one (
1 )
aluminum treadplate guard(s) fastened over the vehicle camera(s) located centered above hosebed
.
0890416
Pierce Command Zone, Advanced
Electronics & Control System,
Enforcer, WiFi CZT

ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM
The primary power distribution will be located forward of the officer's seating position and be easily accessible while standing on the ground for simplified maintenance and troubleshooting.

Additional electrical distribution centers will be provided throughout the vehicle to house the vehicle's electrical power, circuit protection, and control components. The electrical distribution centers will be located strategically throughout the vehicle to minimize wire length. For ease of maintenance, all electrical distribution centers will be easily accessible. All distribution centers containing fuses, circuit breakers and/or relays will be easily accessible.

Distribution centers located throughout the vehicle will contain battery powered studs for supplying customer installed equipment thus providing a lower cost of ownership. 29 943
Bid #:

Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standards, will be utilized to protect electrical circuits. All circuit protection devices will be rated per NFPA requirements to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General protection circuit breakers will be Type-I automatic reset (continuously resetting). When required, automotive type fuses will be utilized to protect electronic equipment. Control relays and solenoid will have a direct current rating of
125
percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected per NFPA.

Solid-State Control System
A solid-state electronics based control system will be utilized to achieve advanced operation and control of the vehicle components. A fully computerized vehicle network will consist of electronic modules,
electronic control modules to include a see through housing, a power indicator, a status indicator and circuit indicators
located near their point of use to reduce harness lengths and improve reliability. The control system will comply with SAE J 1939-11
recommended practices.

The control system will operate as a master-slave system whereas the main control module instructs all other system components. The system will contain patented Mission Critical software that maintains critical vehicle operations in the unlikely event of a main controller error. The system will utilize a Real Time Operating System (RTOS) fully compliant with OSEK/VDX ™
specifications providing a lower cost of ownership.

For increased reliability and simplified use the control system modules will include the following attributes:

Green LED indicator light for module power
Red LED indicator light for network communication stability status Control system self test at activation and continually throughout vehicle operation No moving parts due to transistor logic
Software logic control for NFPA mandated safety interlocks and indicators Integrated electrical system load management without additional components Integrated electrical load sequencing system without additional components Customized control software to the vehicle's configuration Factory and field programmable to accommodate changes to the vehicle's operating parameters To assure long life and operation in a broad range of environmental conditions, the solid-state control system modules will meet the following specifications:

Module circuit board will meet SAE J
771
specifications
Operating temperature from -
40 C to +
70 C
Storage temperature from -
40 C to +
70 C
Vibration to
50 g
IP
67 rated enclosure (Totally protected against dust and also protected against the effect of temporary immersion between
15 centimeters and one (
1 ) meter)
Operating voltage from eight (
8 ) volts to
32 volts DC
The main controller will activate status indicators and audible alarms designed to provide warning of problems before they become critical.

Circuit Protection and Control Diagram
Copies of all job-specific, computer network input and output (I/O) connections will be provided with each chassis. The sheets will indicate the function of each module connection point, circuit protection information (where applicable), wire numbers, wire colors and load management information.

On-Board Electrical System Diagnostics
The on-board information center will include the following diagnostic information:

Text description of active warning or caution alarms
Simplified warning indicators
Amber caution indication with intermittent alarm
Red warning indication with steady tone alarm
Advanced diagnostic feature will be provided in this control system. From the Command Zone display or connected wireless device, these features allow the user to monitor the real-time status of every input or output on the vehicle. It also allows users logged in as an administrator to force on inputs or outputs to assist the troubleshooting process.

TCU Module with WiFi
An in cab module will provide WiFi wireless interface and data logging capability. The WiFi interface will comply with IEEE
802.11
b/g/n capabilities while communicating at

2.4 Gigahertz.

The module will communicate through a
white WiFi antenna
allowing a line of site communication
range of up to
300
feet with a roof mounted antenna.

The module will transmit a password protected web page to a WiFi enabled device (i.e. most smart phones, tablets or laptops) allowing two levels of user interaction. The firefighter level will allow vehicle monitoring of the vehicle and firefighting systems on the apparatus. The technician level will allow diagnostic access to inputs and outputs installed on the Command Zone ™,
control
and information system.

The TCU capability will record faults from the engine, transmission, ABS and Command Zone ™,
control and information systems as they occur. No other data will be recorded at the time the fault occurs. The data TCU will provide up to
2 Gigabytes of data storage.

The TCU will provide a means to download the TCU information and update software in the device.

Indicator Light and Alarm Prove-Out System
A system will be provided which automatically tests basic indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel.

Voltage Monitor System
A voltage monitoring system will be provided to indicate the status of the battery system connected to the vehicle's electrical load. The system will provide visual and audible warning when the system voltage is below or above optimum levels.

The alarm will activate if the system falls below

11.8 volts DC for more than two (
2 ) minutes.

Dedicated Radio Equipment Connection Points
There will be three (
3 ) studs provided in the primary power distribution center located in front of the officer for two-way radio equipment. The studs will consist of the following:
12 -volt
40 -amp battery switched power
12 -volt
60 -amp ignition switched power
12 -volt
60 -amp direct battery power
There will also be a
12 -volt
100
-amp ground stud located in or adjacent to the power distribution center.

EMI/RFI Protection
To prevent erroneous signals from crosstalk contamination and interference, the electrical system 30 943
Bid #:

will meet, at a minimum, SAE J
551/2
, thus reducing undesired electromagnetic and radio
frequency emissions. An advanced electrical system will be used to ensure radiated and conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI) or radio frequency interference (RFI) emissions are suppressed at their source.

The apparatus will have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically found in fire ground operations to ensure clean operations. The electrical system will meet, without exceptions, electromagnetic susceptibility conforming to SAE J 1113/25
Region
1 , Class C EMR
for
10 KHz-
1 GHz to
100
Volts/Meter. The vehicle OEM, upon request, will provide EMC testing reports from testing conducted on an entire apparatus and will certify that the vehicle meets SAE J
551/2
and SAE J
1113/25
Region
1 , Class C EMR for
10 KHz-
1 GHz to
100
Volts/Meter
requirements. Component and partial (incomplete) vehicle testing is not adequate as overall vehicle design can impact test results and thus is not acceptable by itself.

EMI/RFI susceptibility will be controlled by applying appropriate circuit designs and shielding. The electrical system will be designed for full compatibility with low-level control signals and high- powered two-way radio communication systems. Harness and cable routing will be given careful attention to minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI/RFI susceptibility. 0896456
Prognostics, Electrical System

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PROGNOSTICS
There will be a software based vehicle tool provided to predict remaining life of the vehicles critical fluid and events.

The system will send automatic indications to the Command Zone ™
information center and/or
wireless enabled devices to proactively alert of upcoming service intervals.

Prognostics will include the following:

Engine oil and filter
Transmission oil and filter
0892649
ClearSky Telematics for Remote
Fleet and On-scene Management

TELEMATICS SYSTEM
Your vehicle will include a cellular-based vehicle telematics system including a telematic control unit with external cellular Wi-Fi and GPS antenna. Pierce will provide access to a web-based user interface portal that will allow users to access vehicle data collected as part of the system, allow users to configure monitoring tools, provide a global view of the location of each vehicle that has the system, provide a summary of fleet data, etc. The web-based user interface portal or certain features thereof may be provided on a subscription basis.

The telematic control unit will be fully integrated into the electrical system of the vehicle, will monitor the vehicle through the CAN data bus, and will transmit data through a secure 4 G LTE
cellular connection, and be provided with a
3 year subscription.
.

The web-based user interface portal will provide, among other features:

User defined interval notifications
User defined fault alerts
Remote access to Command Zone
™
diagnostics
Vehicle analytics and activity monitoring
Vehicle system status
The system is activated while building your vehicle and thereafter remains active for a 60 -day
grace period starting when your vehicle ships from the factory. This means that the system is active at the time of factory acceptance and during the 60 -day grace period. By selecting this
option, it is agreed that use of the system and the web-based user interface portal will be subject to the terms set forth in the Data Systems Agreement referenced at https://www.piercemfg.com/privacy-statement
. Customers will be provided with an initial login at
the time of factory acceptance to verify performance of the system and the web-based user interface portal. The term of the subscription, if any, will begin when the vehicle ships from the factory. If customers do not log into the web-based user interface portal and confirm acceptance of the terms before the
60 -day grace period ends, the system will be deactivated, and no new data will be collected or retained Pierce. Reactivation can be coordinated through the customer's authorized Pierce Dealer.
31 943
Bid #:

0624253
Electrical System, Enforcer MUX

ELECTRICAL
All
12 -volt electrical equipment installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to modern automotive practices. All wiring will be high temperature crosslink type. Wiring will be run, in loom or conduit, where exposed and have grommets where wire passes through sheet metal.

Automatic reset circuit breakers will be provided which conform to SAE Standards. Wiring will be color, function and number coded. Function and number codes will be continuously imprinted on all wiring harness conductors at

2.00 " intervals. Exterior exposed wire connectors will be positive locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids.

Electrical wiring and equipment will be installed utilizing the following guidelines:

All holes made in the roof will be caulked with silicon. Large fender washers, liberally caulked, will be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof.

Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area will be mounted in a manner that will not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area will be defined as any location outside of the cab or body.

Electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance will not be fastened with nuts and bolts. Metal screws will be used in mounting these devices. Also a coil of wire will be provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from mounting area for inspection and service work.

Corrosion preventative compound will be applied to all terminal plugs located outside of the cab or body. All non-waterproof connections will require this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation (of the plug).

All lights that have their sockets in a weather exposed area will have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area.

All electrical terminals in exposed areas will have silicon applied completely over the metal portion of the terminal.

All lights and reflectors, required to comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard #108
, will
be furnished. Rear identification lights will be recessed mounted for protection. Lights and wiring mounted in the rear bulkheads will be protected from damage by installing a false bulkhead inside the rear compartments.

An operational test will be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order.

The results of the tests will be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery. 0079211
Batteries, (6) Stryten/Exide Grp 31,
950 CCA each, Threaded Stud

BATTERY SYSTEM
There will be six (
6 )
12 volt Stryten/Exide®, Model
31 S
950
X
3 W, batteries that include the
following features will be provided:
950
CCA, cold cranking amps
190
amp reserve capacity
High cycle
Group
31 Rating of
5700
CCA at
0 degrees Fahrenheit
1140
minutes of reserve capacity
Threaded stainless steel studs
Each battery case will be a black polypropylene material with a vertically ribbed container for increased vibration resistance. The cover will be manifold vented with a central venting location to allow a
45 degree tilt capacity.

The inside of each battery will consist of a "maintenance free" grid construction with poly wrapped separators and a flooded epoxy bottom anchoring for maximum vibration resistance. 0008621
Battery System, Single Start, All
Custom Chassis

BATTERY SYSTEM
There will be a single starting system with an ignition switch and starter button provided and located on the cab instrument panel.

MASTER BATTERY SWITCH
There will be a master battery switch provided within the cab within easy reach of the driver to activate the battery system.

An indicator light will be provided on the instrument panel to notify the driver of the status of the battery system.
0002698
Battery Compartment,
Saber/Enforcer

BATTERY COMPARTMENTS
Batteries will be placed on non-corrosive mats and be stored in well ventilated compartments located under the cab and bolted directly to the chassis frame. The battery boxes will have reinforced sides. The battery compartments will be constructed of

0.188
" steel plate and be
designed to accommodate a maximum of three (
3 ) group
31 batteries in each compartment. The
battery hold-downs will be of a non-corrosive material. All bolts and nuts will be stainless steel.

Heavy-duty,
2/0
gauge, color coded battery cables will be provided. Battery terminal connections will be coated with anti-corrosion compound.

Battery solenoid terminal connections will be encapsulated with semi-permanent rubberized compound.

JUMPER STUDS
One (
1 ) set of battery jumper studs with plastic color-coded covers will be included on the battery compartments.
0812383
Charger, Sngl Sys, Kussmaul, Chief
091-266-12-40

BATTERY CHARGER
There will be a Kussmaul
™,
Chief Series Smart Charger
4012
, product code
091-266-12-40
,
40 amp battery charger with build-in touch screen display provided.

The battery charger will be wired to the AC shoreline inlet through a junction box located near the battery charger.
32 943
Bid #:

0815826
Location, Crew Cab, Charger, Rear
Facing Seat Riser, Left Position, Loc
The battery charger will be located in the left side crew cab rear facing seat riser located inside
compartment mounted to floor outboard so LCD can be easily accessed for maintenance and troubleshooting
.
0811943
Panel, Remote Control, Kussmaul,
Chief 091-266-RCP

REMOTE CONTROL PANEL - BATTERY CHARGER
There will be a Kussmaul
™,
Chief Series Smart Charger remote control panel, product code 091-
266
-RCP included.
0815291
Location, Cab, Ind/Remote, LS
Above Wheel Well
The battery charger indicator will be located on the left side of the cab centered above the wheel well.
0016856
Shoreline, 15A 120V, Kussmaul Auto
Eject, 091-55-15-120, Super

KUSSMAUL AUTO EJECT FOR SHORELINE
There will be
one (
1 )
Kussmaul Model
091-55-15-120
,
15 amp
120
volt AC shoreline inlet(s)
provided to operate the dedicated
120
volt AC circuits on the apparatus without the use of the generator.

The shoreline inlet(s) will include
red
weatherproof flip up cover(s).

There will be a release solenoid wired to the vehicle's starter to eject the AC connector when the engine is starting.

The shoreline(s) will be connected to
battery charger
.

There will be a mating connector body supplied with the loose equipment.

There will be a label installed near the inlet(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0026800
Shoreline Location

The shoreline receptacle will be located
on the driver side of cab, above wheel
.
0647728
Alternator, 430 amp, Delco Remy
55SI

ALTERNATOR
A Delco Remy
®
, Model
55 SI, alternator will be provided. It will have a rated output current of 430

amps, as measured by SAE method J
56 . The alternator will feature an integral regulator and rectifier system that has been tested and qualified to an ambient temperature of 257
degrees
Fahrenheit (
125
degrees Celsius). The alternator will be connected to the power and ground distribution system with heavy-duty cables sized to carry the full rated alternator output. 33 943
Bid #:

0092582
Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX

ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGER
An electronic load management (ELM) system will be provided that monitors the vehicles 12 -volt
electrical system, automatically reducing the electrical load in the event of a low voltage condition, and automatically restoring the shed electrical loads when a low voltage condition expires. This ensures the integrity of the electrical system.

For improved reliability and ease of use, the load manager system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load management tasks. Load management systems which require additional components will not be allowed.

The system will include the following features:

System voltage monitoring.

A shed load will remain inactive for a minimum of five minutes to prevent the load from cycling on and off.

Sixteen available electronic load shedding levels.

Priority levels can be set for individual outputs.

High Idle
to activate before any electric loads are shed and deactivate with the service brake .

If enabled:
"Load Man Hi-Idle On" will display on the information center.

Hi-Idle will not activate until
30 seconds after engine start up.

Individual switch "on" indicator to flash when the particular load has been shed.

The information center indicates system voltage.

The information center, where applicable, includes a "Load Manager" screen indicating the following:

Load managed items list, with priority levels and item condition.

Individual load managed item condition:

ON = not shed
SHED = shed

SEQUENCER
A sequencer will be provided that automatically activates and deactivates vehicle loads in a preset sequence thereby protecting the alternator from power surges. This sequencer operation will allow a gradual increase or decrease in alternator output, rather than loading or dumping the entire
12 volt load to prolong the life of the alternator.

For improved reliability and ease of use, the load sequencing system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load sequencing tasks. Load sequencing systems which require additional components will not be allowed.

Emergency light sequencing will operate in conjunction with the emergency master light switch.

When the emergency master switch is activated, the emergency lights will be activated one by one at half-second intervals. Sequenced emergency light switch indicators will flash while waiting for activation.

When the emergency master switch is deactivated, the sequencer will deactivate the warning light loads in the reverse order.

Sequencing of the following items will also occur, in conjunction with the ignition switch, at half- second intervals:

Cab Heater and Air Conditioning
Crew Cab Heater (if applicable)
Crew Cab Air Conditioning (if applicable)
Exhaust Fans (if applicable)
Third Evaporator (if applicable)
0783153
Headlights, Rect LED, JW Spkr Evo
2, AXT/DCF/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel

HEADLIGHTS
There will be four (
4 ) JW Speaker®, Model
8800
,
4 " x
6 " rectangular LED lights mounted in the
front quad style, chrome housing on each side of the cab grille:
the outside light on each side will contain a part number 055
***
1 low beam module
the inside light on each side will contain a part number 055
***
1 high beam module
the
headlights to include chrome bezels
The low beam lights will be activated when the headlight switch is on.

The high beam and low beam lights will be activated when the headlight switch and the high beam switch is activated.
0804681
Light, Directional, Wln 604T*
Common Bzl, Above Headlts,Sab/Enf

DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen®, Model
604
T*, amber LED populated directional lights provided on
the front of the cab, above the headlights.

Each light will be housed in the same quad common bezel as the front warning light.

The
lens color(s) to be clear
.

The flash pattern of the directional lights will be
Steady On (Arrow)
.
0620044
Light, Directional/Marker,
Intermediate, Truck-Lite 21290Y LED
2lts

INTERMEDIATE LIGHT
There will be two (
2 ) Truck-Lite®, Model
21290
Y, amber LED lights furnished, one (
1 ) each side
of the rear fender panel. The light will double as a turn signal and marker light. 0736083
Lights, Clearance/Marker, Side, P25
LED 2 Lts, Others With Visor Lt

CAB CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) amber LED lights provided to indicate the presence and overall length of the vehicle in the following locations:

Two (
2 ) lights with amber LEDs as front side clearance lights will be installed, one ( 1 ) on each
side above the cab doors.

All other forward facing clearance lights will be included with the visor scene light. 34 943
Bid #:

0647899
Lights, Directional/Marker, Cab Front
Side, Weldon 9186-8580-29 LED,
Sab/Enf

FRONT CAB SIDE DIRECTIONAL/MARKER LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Weldon, Model
9186-8580-29
, amber LED lights installed front of the cab
door, one (
1 ) on each side of the cab.

The lights will activate as marker lights with the headlight switch and directional lights with the corresponding directional circuit.
0627282
Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear,
FRP LED Bar & P25 LED 4Lts

REAR CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTING
There will be a three (
3 ) LED light bar used as identification lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following:

As close as practical to the vertical centerline
Centers spaced not less than

6.00 " or more than

12.00 " apart
Red in color
All at the same height
There will be two (
2 ) LED lights installed at the rear of the apparatus used as clearance lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following:

To indicate the overall width of the vehicle
One (
1 ) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the rear
All at the same height
There will be two (
2 ) LED lights installed on the side of the apparatus used as marker lights as close to the rear as practical per the following:

To indicate the overall length of the vehicle
One (
1 ) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the side
All at the same height
There will be two (
2 ) red reflectors located on the rear of the truck facing to the rear. One ( 1 ) each
side, as far to the outside as practical, at a minimum of

15.00 ", but no more than

60.00 ", above
the ground.

There will be two (
2 ) red reflectors located on the side of the truck facing to the side. One ( 1 )
each side, as far to the rear as practical, at a minimum of

15.00 ", but no more than

60.00 ", above
the ground.

Per FMVSS
108
and CMVSS
108
requirements.
0804514
Lights, Tail, Wln M62BTT* Red
Stop/Tail & M62T* Amber Dir Arw For
Hsg

REAR FMVSS LIGHTING
The rear stop/tail and directional lighting included in the rear tail light housing will include the following:

Two (
2 ) Whelen®, Model M
62 BTT,

4.30 " high x

6.70 " wide x

1.40 " deep brake/tail lights with red
LEDs
Two (
2 ) Whelen, Model M
62 T,

4.30 " high x

6.70 " wide x

1.40 " deep directional lights with amber
LEDs. The directional lights will be set to
Steady On (Arrow)
flash pattern.

The
lens color(s) to be the same as the LEDs
.
0806466
Lights, Backup, Wln M62BU, LED,
For Tail Lt Housing
There will be two (2) Whelen Model M62BU, LED backup lights provided in the tail light housing. 0889577
Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25
LED, Stainless Brkt

LICENSE PLATE BRACKET
One (
1 ) license plate bracket constructed of stainless steel will be provided at the rear of the apparatus.

One (
1 ) white LED light with
chrome housing
will be provided to illuminate the license plate. A
stainless steel light shield will be provided over the light that will direct illumination downward, preventing white light to the rear.
0556842
Bezels, Wln, (2) M6 Chrome Pierce,
For mtg (4) Wln M6 lights

LIGHTING BEZEL
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen, Model M
6 FCV
4 P, four (
4 ) place chromed ABS housings with Pierce
logos provided for the rear M
6 series stop/tail, directional, back up, scene lights or warning lights. 0589905
Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO
1040

BACK-UP ALARM
A PRECO, Model
1040
, solid-state electronic audible back-up alarm that actuates when the truck is shifted into reverse will be provided. The device will sound at 60 pulses per minute and
automatically adjust its volume to maintain a minimum ten ( 10 ) dBA above surrounding
environmental noise levels.
0578480
Buzzer, Warning - Rear Step to Cab,
Left Side, Smooth Aluminum Door

REAR STEP BUZZER
A buzzer button compartment will be installed at the rear of the body, on the left side. The rear step control will be a button installed into a handle control with a ten ( 10 ) foot length of coil cord
and housed in a separate compartment with a latched, smooth aluminum door. 0578264
Flash Pattern, California Title13, LED
Warning Lights

WARNING LIGHT FLASH PATTERN
The flash pattern of all the exterior warning lights will be set to meet the certified California, Title XIII flash pattern by either the light manufacturer's default flash pattern or by a conversion change to the certified flash pattern.
35 943
Bid #:

0804659
Lights, Cornering/Scene, Wln
M62BU, 1st

CORNERING/SCENE LIGHTS
There will be
two (
2 )
Whelen®, Model M
62 BU,

4.31 " high x

6.75 " wide x

1.37 " deep lights with
white LEDs and
chrome trim
provided on the sides of the apparatus, located
in recess in each
45 degree corner on front bumper
.

The light(s) will be wired so they activate and cancel when the battery switch is on, the headlight switch is on and with the directional light activation. 0769420
Lights, Perimeter Cab, Amdor AY-LB-
12HW020 LED 4Dr

CAB PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be four (
4 ) Amdor, Model AY-LB-
12 HW
020
,
350
lumens each,

20.00 " white LED strip
lights provided, one (
1 ) for each cab door.

These lights will be activated automatically when the battery switch is on and the exit doors are opened or by the same means as the body perimeter scene lights. 0769572
Lights, Perimeter Pump House,
Amdor AY-LB-12HW020 LED 2lts

PUMP HOUSE PERIMETER LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Amdor, Model AY-LB-
12 HW
020
,
350
lumens each,

20.00 " LED
weatherproof strip lights with brackets provided under the pump panel running boards, one ( 1 )
each side.

If the combination of options in the vehicle does not permit clearance for a

20.00 " light, a

12.00 "
version of the Amdor light will be installed.

The lights will be controlled by the same means as the body perimeter lights. 0770056
Lights, Perimeter Body, Amdor AY-
LB-12HW020 LED 2lts, Rear Step

BODY PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Amdor, Model AY-LB-
12 HW
020
,
350
lumens,

20.00 " long, white LED's,
12 volt DC lights provided at the rear step area of the body, one ( 1 ) each side shining to the rear.

The perimeter scene lights will be activated when
a switch within reach of the driver is activated
and the rear scene lights are activated
.
0896454
Enhanced Software for Perimeter Lts

ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR PERIMETER LIGHTS
All perimeter lights will be deactivated when the parking brake is released unless alternate control is selected.

The cab and crew cab perimeter lights will remain on for ten ( 10 ) seconds for improved visibility
after the doors closed.
0556360
Lights, Step, P25 LED 4lts, Pump Pnl
Sw

STEP LIGHTS
Four (
4 ) white LED step lights will be provided. One (
1 ) step light will be provided on each side,
on the front compartment face and two (
2 ) step lights at the rear to illuminate the tailboard.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles
(fc) covering an entire

15.00 " x

15.00 " square placed

10.00 " below the light and a minimum of

1.5 fc covering an entire

30.00 " x

30.00 " square at the same

10.00 " distance below the light.

These step lights will be actuated with the pump panel light switch.

All other steps on the apparatus will be illuminated per the current edition of NFPA 1901
.
0550452
Lights, Side Scene, Zico ZQL-SS-
LED, Stainless 1st

SCENE LIGHTS
There will be
two (
2 )
Ziamatic, Model Model ZQL-SS-LED, LED scene light(s) with stainless steel housing, installed on the side of the apparatus,
one (
1 ) each side in the rear fender area low,
lights are also to point angled downwards to the rear (SEE PHOTOS 147
&
12 )&#x
0 D;
.

A control for the light(s) selected above will be the following:
a switch at the driver's side switch panel
no additional switch location
no additional switch location
no additional switch location
These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0729921
SP
Light, Roof Mt, Wln S72M**, 72" Cnt
Feature, SUBKT* Mounts, Mkr Lts
Activated
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be a Whelen® Model S
72 M**,

72.00 " long
32,400
lumens DC powered light provided
on the front cab roof as far forward as practical. The
painted parts of this light assembly to be
black
.

The
light(s) to be installed with flat horizontal mounts
.

The light will include the following:

White scene LEDs
Two (
2 ) amber LED modules as clearance lights
Three (
3 ) amber LED modules as identification lights
Four (
4 ) additional LED modules. The
additional modules to be four (
4 ) scene light modules with
white LEDs
The clearance and identification LEDs will be activated with the headlight switch.

The scene LEDs will be activated when the battery switch is on and by a switch at the driver's
side switch panel and by a switch at the left side pump panel .

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the flashing or spot LED modules.

Amber flashing LED modules will be deactivated when the parking brake is released.

The white scene and flashing LED modules may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
36 943
Bid #:

0768059
Lights, Wln, PCPSM2* Pioneer, 12
VDC, 2nd
12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen® Model PCPSM
2 *,
16,000
lumens
12 volt DC powered light(s) with
white LEDs installed on the cab located,
right side rear of crew cab door as high as possible
.

The surface mount housing(s) will be provided
with a chrome cover
.

The light(s) will be activated
by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the left side pump panel
.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0768061
Lights, Wln, PCPSM2* Pioneer, 12
VDC, 1st
12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen® Model PCPSM
2 *,
16,000
lumens
12 volt DC powered light(s) with
white LEDs installed on the cab located,
left side rear of crew cab door as high as possible
.

The surface mount housing(s) will be provided
with a chrome cover
.

The light(s) will be activated
by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the left side pump panel
.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0748793
Lights, Wln, S44M** 44" 12VDC, RS
Body
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen® Model S
44 M**,
19,440
lumens

44.00 "
12 volt DC light(s) with
white LEDs provided on the right side of the body located, (
1 ) mounted to outside on the "V
Trough for the hard suction". as seen in prelim drawing . The
painted parts of this light assembly
to be black
.

The light(s) will include the following:
10 scene light modules with white LEDs
Three (
3 ) amber LEDs as marker lights
Two (
2 ) additional LED modules. The
additional modules to be two (
2 ) scene light modules with
white LEDs
.

The lights will be activated per the following:

The amber marker lights
not activated
.

The scene LEDs will be controlled
by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the left side pump panel
.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the flashing warning LED modules when selected.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0748795
Lights, Wln, S44M** 44" 12VDC, LS
Body
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen® Model S
44 M**,
19,440
lumens

44.00 "
12 volt DC light(s) with
white LEDs provided on the left side of the body located, (
1 ) LS centered on Catwalk mounted up
high on the Side Sheet
. The
painted parts of this light assembly to be black
.

The lights will be activated per the following:

The amber marker lights
not activated
.

The scene LEDs will be controlled
by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the left side pump panel
.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the flashing warning LED modules when selected.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0774336
Lights, Wln, P*H1* Pioneer, 12 VDC,
1st
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen® Model P*H
1 *,
8,875
lumens
12 volt DC LED light(s)
with a
combination of flood and spot optics
installed on the apparatus located,
RS upper rear of vehicle
hanging below the upper Code
3 light stanchion in a bail bracket. This would be directly above the ladder area.
.

The
painted parts of this light assembly to be black
.

The
light(s) to be installed on adjustable bail bracket(s)
.

The lights will be controlled
by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch in a stainless steel cup located on the driver's side at the rear of the apparatus no more than

72.00 "
from the ground
.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0532358
Not Required, Deck Lights, Other
Hose Bed & Rear Lighting

0635052
SP
Lights, Hose Bed, Cover, Dual Amdor
AY-9750-20 LED Light Strips 4lts,
High

HOSE BED LIGHTS
There will be Amdor LumaBar H
2 O, Model AY-
9750-20
,

20.00 " white
12 volt DC LED light strips
provided to illuminate the hose bed area.

Two (
2 ) LED light strips will be installed on the driver's side hose bed cover

30.00 " from the front
and rear of the hose bed, as close to the top of the cover as practical.

Two (
2 ) LED light strips will be installed on the passenger's side hose bed cover

30.00 " from the
front and rear of the hose bed, as close to the top of the cover as practical.

The lights will be activated
when the hosebed cover is raised
.
37 943
Bid #:

0606463
SP
Light, Hose Bed, Amdor AY-9750-
020 LED, 20"

ADDITIONAL HOSE BED LIGHTS
There will be
four (
4 )
Amdor LumaBar, Model AY-
9750-020
,

20.00 " LED strip light(s) installed
(
2 )
each side on forward hosebed doors
.

The light(s) will be activated with the other hosebed lights. 0645677
Lights, Not Required, Rear Work, Alt.
12 Volt Lights At Rear Body
0738110
Lights, Rear Scene, Wln, PCPSM1*
Pioneer LED Fld/Spt, Surface Mount

REAR SCENE LIGHT(S)
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen®, Model PCPSM*,
10,444
lumens scene light(s)
with a chrome
cover
and white LEDs installed at the rear of the apparatus,
one (
1 ) high on the driver's side rear
body bulkhead
.

The light(s) will be controlled
by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and from the other rear scene light control
.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0892704
Lights, Walk Surf, 8-P25 LED, Hose
Bed Cover, Overall Height
Restrictions

WALKING SURFACE LIGHT
There will be eight (
8 ) P
25 12
volt DC LED lights with
chrome housing
provided on the hose bed
cover to illuminate the walking surface. The lights will be located near the hose bed cover hinges evenly spaced four (
4 ) on each side. The lights will be activated when the body step lights are on. 0060115
Pumper, Medium, Aluminum, 2nd
Gen
0554271
Body Skirt Height, 20"

0013303
Tank, Water, 500 Gallon, Poly, Med,
New York Style

SPECIAL WATER TANK
Booster tank will have a capacity of
500
gallons and be constructed of polypropylene plastic by
United Plastic Fabricating, Incorporated.

The Special tank will be T-shaped to provide for deep side compartments and to serve as a large sump to limit the amount of undraftable water.

The tank will be designed to achieve a low hose bed. Tank design will be a stepped design with the forward section of the tank higher than the section of the tank that is below the hose bed.

Tank joints and seams will be nitrogen welded inside and out.

Tank will be baffled in accordance with the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

Baffles will have vent openings at both the top and bottom to permit movement of air and water between compartments.

Longitudinal partitions will be constructed of .
38 " polypropylene plastic and will extend from the
bottom of the tank through the top cover to allow for positive welding.

Transverse partitions will extend from

4.00 " off the bottom of the tank to the underside of the top cover.

All partitions will interlock and will be welded to the tank bottom and sides.

Tank top will be constructed of .
50 " polypropylene. It will be recessed .
38 " and will be welded to
the tank sides and the longitudinal partitions.

Tank top will be sufficiently supported to keep it rigid during fast filling conditions.

Construction will include

2.00 " polypropylene dowels spaced no more than

30.00 " apart and
welded to the transverse partitions. Two (
2 ) of the dowels will be drilled and tapped (.
50 "
diameter,

13.00 " deep) to accommodate lifting eyes.

A sump that will be sized dependent on the tank to pump plumbing will be provided at the bottom of the water tank.

Sump will include a drain plug and the tank outlet.

Tank will have a combination vent and

14.00 " fill tower.

Tank will be installed in a special size fabricated cradle assembly constructed of structural steel.

Sufficient crossmembers will be provided to properly support bottom of tank. Crossmembers will be constructed of steel flat bar or rectangular tubing.

Tank will "float" in cradle to avoid torsional stress caused by chassis frame flexing. Rubber cushions, .
50 " thick x

3.00 " wide, will be placed on all horizontal surfaces that the tank rests on.

Stops or other provision will be provided to prevent an empty tank from bouncing excessively while moving vehicle.

Mounting system to be approved by the tank manufacturer. 0003405
Overflow, 4.00" Water Tank, Poly

Fill tower will be constructed of .
50 " polypropylene and will be a minimum of

8.00 " wide x

14.00 "
long.

Fill tower will be furnished with a .
25 " thick polypropylene screen and a hinged cover.

An overflow pipe, constructed of

4.00 " schedule
40 polypropylene, will be installed approximately
halfway down the fill tower and extend through the water tank and exit to the rear of the rear axle. 0028107
Not Required, Foam Cell Modification

0023412
Drain, Tank - 1.50"

TANK DRAIN
A

1.50 " tank drain will be installed with a

1.50 " ball valve located underneath the left front
compartment and properly labeled.
38 943
Bid #:

0010011
Fill Dome Special Location
The water tank fill dome will be located
place water fill dome on left side forward
.
0635329
Modified Poly Tank & Cradle, Ext'd
To Rear, Pumper
0553725
Restraint, Water Tank, Heavy Duty,
Special Type Tank, 4x4, or Export

WATER TANK RESTRAINT
A heavy-duty water tank restraint will be provided.
0003429
Not Required, Direct Tank Fill

0003424
Not Required, Dump Valve

0048710
Not Required, Jet Assist

0030007
Not Required, Dump Valve Chute

0514778
Not Required, Switch, Tank Dump
Master
0786934
SP
Body Modification, Add 3" Post,
Welded at Rear of Beavertail, IPOS
Return Flange

BODY MODIFICATION
There will be a

3.0 " post welded at the rear of the beavertail, one (
1 ) on each side, in place of the
standard beavertail return flange. The addition of the

3.0 " post will be for the installation of a
mounting bracket for the rear zone upper warning lights. 0815391
Hose Bed, Aluminum, Pumper, New
York Style, Fill in the Blank Height

HOSE BED
The hose bed will be fabricated of

0.125
"-
5052
aluminum with a nominal
38,000
psi tensile
strength.

The hose bed will be as low as practical.

Upper and rear edges of side panels will have a double break for rigidity, a split tube finish will not be acceptable.

The upper inside area of the beavertails will be covered with polished stainless steel
to prevent
damage to painted surface when hose is removed.

Flooring of the hose bed will be removable aluminum grating with the top surface corrugated to aid in hose aeration. The grating slats will be a minimum of

0.50 " x

4.50 " with spacing between
slats for hose ventilation.

A cross divider will be provided at the front of the hose bed before the tank transitions from the lower section to the upper section. The divider will run from the top of the side sheet down below the hose bed grating.

The hose bed floor will be
as low as possible
" from the ground when the truck is fully loaded.
0723549
Painted Hose Bed
The hose bed interior walls will be painted
to match the lower body color
.
0003481
Hose Bed Capacity, Special

Hose bed will accommodate
300' SS 1.75"; 2.5" (3) bundles 5.5"W; 100' 1.75" SS; 1000' 4" 5S wide, 300' 2.5" SS; 300' 2.5" SS, 300' 1.75" SS . (1.75" - Matex Cobra Cmbt 1.77' 50' lgths; 2.5" Key Hs 50' lgths mod DP25-800; 4" w/ 4.5" thread cplg Key Hy-Flow mod DP40-600 in 100' .
0816687
SP
Divider, Hose Bed, .25" Unpainted,
Special Height/Length, w/Handhold

HOSE BED DIVIDER
Six (
6 ) hosebed dividers
will be furnished for separating hose.

Each divider will be constructed of a .
25 " brushed aluminum sheet. Flat surfaces will be sanded for uniform appearance, or constructed of brushed aluminum.

There will be two (
2 ) oval openings provided near the rear of the divider to be used as hand holds and aid in accessing the hose bed. They will be designed to be located one above the other and still retain the material structure.

Divider will be fully adjustable by sliding in tracks, located at the front and rear of the hose bed.

The divider will be
approximately
90 " (held beck
6 " from rear of hosebed)
in length.

The height of the hose bed divider(s) will be
Approx
27 " H (Engineering to determine height
based on hose load. All dividers equal height)
.

Divider will be held in place by tightening bolts, at each end.

Acorn nuts will be installed on all bolts in the hose bed which have exposed threads. 39 943
Bid #:

0755462
SP
Hose Restraint,HB,2"
HeavyWeb,Velcro Top, Split, Seat
Belts,Bungee,Tether,J-Clip

HOSEBED RESTRAINT REAR
The hose in the hose bed will be restrained by a black nylon Velcro® strap at the top of the hose bed.

The hose at the rear of the hosebed will be restrained by

2.00 "
black
nylon webbing with a

1.50 " x

4.00 " box pattern split into two sections. The split will be located Center
. The webbing will be
attached to the top hosebed frame with (
2 ) two seat belt fasteners for each section. The seat belt fasteners will be mounted with the receiver portions on a bracket at the top. There will be a horizontal bar attached to the seat belt buckles with a red
tether on each side of the hose bed to
allow a single pull release. Web straps with rubber covered J-clips will attach to footman loops located on the outboard corners of the restraint and mounted permanently to the body sheet below the hosebed. A bungee cord restraint will be installed on each section to secure the middle portion of the restraints.
0630182
SP
Hex Bolts and Anti-Seize Compound,
Divider

FASTENERS
All fasteners will be hex head type and have anti-seize compound applied during assembly.

A quantity of
six (
6 )
dividers
all hosebed dividers
will be mounted with these items.
0567899
Tracks, Adjustable, Hose Bed
Divider, Front Crossdivider of Hose
Bed, Additional
One (1) additional adjustable track will be provided at the cross divider in the hosebed. The track will be located mid-height between the standard tracks with the hosebed dividers bolted to the track.
0678132
Track, Recessed, Hose Bed Divider,
Additional
There will be one (1) recessed track provided in the hosebed to provide additional support to the hosebed dividers. The track will be recessed into to the hosebed grating and will be positioned so they run from side to side and are equally spaced from the front to the back of the hosebed. Adjustable fasteners will be provided in the tracks to hold the hosebed dividers in place.
0649038
Notch, Hose Bed Divider(s)

HOSE BED DIVIDER NOTCH(ES)
There will be a notch provided in
four (
4 )
hose bed dividers located
between beds
1/2
,
2/3
,
5/6
,
6/7
. The notch will be
14 " high x
60 " long angles with
45 degrees angle at each end of notch.

Notch centered lengthwise in each divider
.
0512506
Scuffplate, Polished S/S IPO
Brushed, Upper Inside Beavertail

SCUFFPLATE INSIDE UPPER BEAVERTAIL
The upper inside area of the beavertails will be covered with polished stainless steel in place of the brushed stainless steel to prevent damage to painted surface when hose is removed. 0653470
Side Sheet, Special Height

HOSE BED SIDE SHEET MODIFICATION
The body side sheet will be
match height of cab
in height.
0584344
SP
Cover, Hose Bed, Alum Treadplate,
Full Length, Dome Access, Four
Section

HOSE BED COVER
A four (
4 ) section full length hose bed cover, constructed of . 125
" bright aluminum treadplate will
be furnished. The cover will be split into front and rear with each section having a left and right side. Each section will be attached with a full length stainless steel piano hinge. The sides will be slanted down.

The cover will be reinforced so that it can support the weight of a man walking on the cover.

If access to water tank fill tower is blocked by the hose bed cover, then a hinged door will be provided in it so that tank may be filled without raising cover doors.

Chrome grab handles and gas filled cylinders will be provided to assist in opening and closing the cover. A handrail is to be provided at the rear, in the center of the support, to assist in opening the cover.

The hose bed cover will be connected to the Do Not Move Truck indicator. The light will be activated if the cover is not in the stowed position and the parking brake is released. 0817437
SP
Stay Arm, Hose Bed Cover, 4-
Section, Frt/Rr, Mechanical, C-
Channel Design

HOSE BED STAY ARM COVER
An additional positive stay arm will be provided at the front each section of the hose bed cover.

The front and rear hose bed covers will have a stay arm on each side for a total of four ( 4 ) stay
arms. The stay arms will be a c-channel bar, mechanical design. 0013512
Running Boards, 12.75" Deep

RUNNING BOARDS
Running boards will be fabricated of .
125
" bright aluminum treadplate.

Each running board will be supported by a welded

2.00 " square tubing and channel assembly,
which will be bolted to the pump compartment substructure.

Running boards will be

12.75 " deep and spaced .
50 " away from the pump panel.

A splash guard will be provided above the running board treadplate. 40 943
Bid #:

0655093
Tailboard, 14" Deep, Full Width,
Extended Substructure, Angled
Corners

TAILBOARD
The tailboard will also be constructed of .
125
" bright aluminum treadplate and spaced .
50 " from
the body, as well as supported by a structural steel assembly.

The tailboard area will be

14.00 " deep and full width of the body.

The outboard sides of the tailboard will be angled at
45 degrees beginning at the point where the
body meets the tailboard at the forward outboard edge angling rearward to the rear edge of the tailboard.

The exterior side will be flanged down and in for increased rigidity of tailboard structure. 0690027
Wall, Rear, Smooth Aluminum/Body
Material, Flush Rear Wall

REAR WALL, SMOOTH ALUMINUM/BODY MATERIAL
The rear facing surfaces of the center rear wall will be smooth aluminum.

The bulkheads, the surface to the rear of the side body compartments, will be smooth and the same material as the body.

The rear wall will be flush.
0887592
SP
Tow Eyes, w/Tow Bar, Spaced
Forward, 2G Pumper

REAR TOW EYES
Two (
2 ) tow eyes, which are an integral part of the body mounting substructure, will be installed below the rear of the truck.

The tow eyes will be of adequate strength to allow the truck to be pulled from the eyes.

REAR TOW BAR
One (
1 ) tow bar will be installed under the tailboard,

6.00 "-

8.00 "
forward from the rear of the
tailboard. With air ride suspension and a
65 gallon fuel tank, the tow bar will be located .
50 "
further rearward than normal when there is this combination of options.

The tow bar assembly will be designed and positioned to allow up to a 20,000
lb straight
horizontal pull in line with the centerline of the vehicle.

The tow bar design will have been tested and evaluated using finite element analysis techniques. 0590934
Hose Restraint, Running Board,
Straps, FV Fastener

RUNNING BOARD HOSE RESTRAINT
A pair of

2.00 " wide black nylon straps with
spring clip and hook
fasteners will be provided for
each hose tray to secure the hose during travel. There will be Two (
2 ) hose trays
located
one (
1 )
in each side running board
.
0815707
Tray, Hose, Running Board, Free
Floating, Special Capacity, Tapered

HOSE TRAY
Two (
2 ) hose trays
will be made free floating
one (
1 ) in each side running board
.

The tray(s) will be flanged and drop in from the top. The front and rear corners
at the base of tray
will be tapered. No fasteners will be used to secure the tray(s).

Capacity of the tray will be
please make as large as possible using standard depths. ACFD intends to store
35 ' of
4 " RS and
20 ' of

2.5 " LS and may change or add hose as space permits
.

Rubber matting will be installed on the floor of the tray to provide proper ventilation. Drain holes will be provided.
41 943
Bid #:

0895820
Construction, Compt, Alum, 2G
Pumper

COMPARTMENTATION
Body and compartments will be fabricated of

0.125
",
5052
-H
32 aluminum.

Side compartments will be an integral assembly with the rear fenders.

Circular fender liners will be provided for prevention of rust pockets and ease of maintenance.

Side compartment flooring will be of the sweep out design with the floor higher than the compartment door lip.

The side compartment door opening will be framed by flanging the edges in

1.75 " and bending
out again

0.75 " to form an angle.

Drip protection will be provided above the doors by means of bright aluminum extrusion, formed bright aluminum treadplate or polished stainless steel.

The top of the compartment will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate rolled over the edges on the front, rear and outward side. These covers will have the corners welded.

Side compartment covers will be separate from the compartment tops.

Front facing compartment walls will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate.

All screws and bolts which protrude into a compartment will have acorn nuts on the ends to prevent injury.

UNDERBODY SUPPORT SYSTEM
Due to the severe loading requirements of this pumper a method of body and compartment support suitable for the intended load will be provided.

The backbone of the support system will be the chassis frame rails which is the strongest component of the chassis and is designed for sustaining maximum loads.

Forward to the rear axle, the support system will include "L"-shaped support members bolted to the chassis frame rails. These welded support members will include vertical formed channels, horizontal structural channels, and support gussets. These parts extend from the chassis frame outward underneath the body.

Rearward to the rear axle, the body support system will include two rearward facing "L"-shaped support members bolted to the chassis frame rails. These support members will be connected to the two body supporting crossmembers forming a boxed foundation for the rear body support system.

Steel upper platform decks will be mounted on the top of these support members to create a floating substructure which will result in a
500
lb equipment support rating per lower
compartment.

All structural components of this system will be made from high strength 50 K steel plate material
or structural steel componentry. The steel frames as well as the steel vertical angles will be treated with an epoxy E-coat to provide resistance to corrosion and chemicals as standard.

The floating substructure will be separated from the horizontal members with neoprene elastomer isolators. These isolators will reduce the natural flex stress of the chassis from being transmitted to the body.

Isolators will have a broad load range, proven viability in vehicular applications, be of a fail-safe design and allow for all necessary movement in three (
3 ) transitional and rotational modes.

The neoprene isolators will be installed in a pattern which assimilates a three ( 3 )-point mounting
pattern to reduce the natural flex of the chassis being transmitted to the body.

A design with body compartments hanging on the chassis in an unsupported fashion will not be acceptable.

AGGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE
All exterior surfaces designated as stepping, standing, and walking areas will comply with the required average slip resistance of the current NFPA standards.

LOUVERS
Louvers will be stamped into compartment walls to provide the proper airflow inside the body compartments and to prevent water from dripping into the compartment. Where these louvers are provided, they will be formed into the metal and not added to the compartment as a separate plate.

TESTING OF BODY DESIGN
Body structural analysis will be fully tested. Proven engineering and test techniques such as finite element analysis, strain gauging, and model analysis will be performed with special attention given to fatigue, life and structural integrity of the body and substructure.

Body will be tested while loaded to its greatest in-service weight.

The criteria used during the testing procedure will include:

Raising opposite corners of the vehicle tires

9.00 " to simulate the twisting a truck may experience
when driving over a curb.

Making a
90 degree turn, while driving at
20 mph to simulate aggressive driving conditions.

Driving the vehicle at
35 mph on a washboard road.

Driving the vehicle at
55 mph on a smooth road.

Accelerating the vehicle fully, until reaching the approximate speed of 45 mph on rough
pavement.

Evidence of actual testing techniques will be made available upon request. 42 943
Bid #:

0658192
LS 152" Lap, Full Height Front &
Rear, FDLER, Double Door Over
Wheel

LEFT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
The left side compartmentation will consist of three lap door compartments.

A full height, vertically hinged, single door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be

34.50 " wide x

66.63 " high x

25.88 "
deep in the lower

25.00 " of the compartment and

12.00 " deep in the remaining upper portion. The
clear door opening will be a minimum of

28.63 " wide x

61.88 " high.

A vertically hinged, double door compartment over the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be

66.50 " wide x

32.88 " high x

12.00 " deep. The clear door
opening will be a minimum of

57.00 " wide x

28.13 " high.

A full height, vertically hinged, double door compartment behind the rear wheels will be provided.

The interior dimensions of this compartment will be

47.75 " wide x

67.63 " high x

25.88 " deep in the lower

26.00 " of the compartment and

12.00 " deep in the remaining
upper portion. The clear door opening will be a minimum of

43.50 " wide x

62.88 " high.

The interior height of the compartments will be measured from the compartment floor to the ceiling. The depth of the compartments will be measured from the back wall to the inside of the door frame.

Closing of the doors will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand.

The vertically hinged doors will be furnished with a positive door holder. 0063623
RS 152" Lap, Low, FDLER

RIGHT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
The right side compartmentation will consist of two lap door compartments.

A vertically hinged, single door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be

34.50 " wide x

32.63 " high x

25.88 " deep in the
lower

25.00 " of the compartment and

12.00 " deep in the remaining upper portion. The clear door opening will be a minimum of

28.63 " wide x

27.88 " high.

A vertically hinged, double door compartment behind the rear wheels will be provided.

The
interior dimensions of this compartment will be

47.75 " wide x

33.63 " high x

25.88 " deep in
the lower

26.00 " of the compartment and

12.00 " deep in the remaining upper portion. The
clear door opening will be a minimum of

43.50 " wide x

28.88 " high.

The interior height of the compartments will be measured from the compartment floor to the ceiling. The depth of the compartments will be measured from the back wall to the inside of the door frame.

Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand. A positive door holder will be furnished with this compartment.
0774324
SP
Doors, Lap w/ "D" Handles - Side
Compartments, Bid 205, Alameda

DOORS, SIDE COMPARTMENT
All hinged compartment doors will be lap style with double panel construction and will be a minimum of

1.50 " thick. To provide additional door strength a "C" section reinforcement will be installed between the outer and interior panels.

Doors will be provided with a closed cell rubber gasket around the surface that laps onto the body. A second heavy-duty automotive rubber molding with a hollow core will be installed on the door framing that seals onto the interior panel, to ensure a weather resisting compartment.

All compartment doors will have polished stainless steel continuous hinge with a pin diameter of .
25 " that is bolted or screwed on with stainless steel fasteners.

All door locking mechanisms will be fully enclosed within the door panels to prevent fouling of the lock in the event equipment inside shifts into the lock area.

Doors will be latched with recessed, polished stainless steel "D" ring handles and FMVSS approved door locking mechanisms.

To prevent corrosion caused by dissimilar metals, compartment door handles will not be attached to outer door panel with screws. A rubber gasket will be provided between the "D" ring handle and the door.

The outside corners of the doors will be welded.
0098470
Compt, Flush Rear, Rollup, 30.75"
FF, 25.88" D

REAR COMPARTMENTATION
A roll-up door compartment above the rear tailboard will be provided .

The interior dimensions of this compartment will be

40.00 " wide x

33.63 " high x

25.88 " deep. The
interior height of the compartments will be measured from the compartment floor to the ceiling.

The spool of the rollup door at the top of the compartment takes up some usable space. The depth of the compartments will be measured from the back wall to the inside of the door frame.

A louvered, removable access panel will be furnished on the back wall of the compartment.

The rear compartment will be open into the rear side compartments.

The clear door opening of this compartment will be a minimum of

33.25 " wide x

23.88 " high.

Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand.
43 943
Bid #:

0594003
Door, Amdor, Rollup, Rear
Compartment

ROLLUP REAR COMPARTMENT DOOR
The rear compartment will have a rollup door.

The door will be double faced, aluminum construction,
painted one (
1 ) color to match the lower
portion of the body
and manufactured by AMDOR
™
brand rollup doors.

The door will be constructed using

1.00 " extruded double wall aluminum slats which will feature a flat smooth interior surface to provide maximum protection against equipment hang-up. The slats will be connected with a structural driven ball and socket hinge designed to provide maximum curtain diaphragm strength. Mounting and adjusting the curtain will be done with a clip system that connects the curtain to the balancer drum allowing for easy tension adjustment without tools.

The slats will be mounted in reusable slat shoes with positive snap-lock securement.

Each slat will incorporate weather tight recessed dual durometer seals. One ( 1 ) fin will be
designed to locate the seal within the extrusion. The second will serve as a wiping seal which will also allow for compression to prevent water ingression.

The door will be mounted in a one (
1 )-piece aluminum side frame with recessed side seals to minimize seal damage during equipment deployment. All seals including side frames, top gutters and bottom panel are to be manufactured utilizing non-marring materials.

Bottom panel flange of rollup door will be equipped with two ( 2 ) cut-outs to allow for easier access
with gloved hands.

A polished stainless steel lift bar with locking key latches to be provided for each roll-up door. The keys to be Model
751
to match all compartment and cab doors
. The lift bar will be located at the
bottom of door with striker latches installed at the base of the side frames. Side frame mounted door strikers will include support beneath the stainless steel lift bar to prevent door curtain bounce, improve bottom seal life expectancy and to avoid false door ajar signals.

All injection molded rollup door wear components will be constructed of Type 6 Nylon.

The door will have a

3.00 inch diameter balancer/tensioner drum to assist in lifting the door.

The header for the rollup door assembly will not exceed

4.00 ".

A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. 0554995
No Body Modification Required

0817436
SP
Scuffplate, Brushed S/S, On Catwalk,
Below Ladder Brackets

SCUFFPLATE
A brushed stainless steel scuffplate will be furnished below the ladder brackets on the horizontal surface of the catwalk
with width being from poly blocks to rain drip and length being full length of catwalk under wood ladder
.
0003915
Keyed Locks for Latches, Lap Doors
(#751 Lock to Match Cab)

KEYED LOCK(S)
A keyed lock will be furnished for
six (
6 ) compartment doors
. The compartmentation, to have a
keyed lock, will be
all body compartment doors (D
1 to D
3 , P
1 to P
3 )
.
0003919
Reverse Hinge Compartment Door

REVERSE HINGED DOOR
The
one (
1 ) compartment door
, located
LS
3 , will have the hinge at the rear of the door.
0004010
Scuffplate, Polished S/S Bottom of
Door Frame

DOOR FRAME SCUFFPLATE
Five (
5 ) scuffplates
will be provided for the lower door frame of
all body compartments
. Each
scuffplate will be polished stainless steel with a .
38 " lip down.
0004012
Scuffplate, Polished S/S, Inside Each
Compartment Door

SCUFFPLATE ON INTERIOR OF COMPARTMENT DOOR(S)
The
seven (
7 ) compartment doors
will include a polished stainless steel scuffplate to cover the entire width and height on the inside panel of each door pan.

Scuffplate will be located
all body compartments
.
0616670
Lights, Compt, Pierce LED, Dual
Light Strips, Each Side of Door,
Pumper/Tanker

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
There will be
six (
6 )
compartment(s) with two (
2 ) white
12 volt DC LED compartment light strips.

The dual light strips will be centered vertically along each side of the door framing. There will be two (
2 ) light strips per compartment. The dual light strips will be in all body
compartment(s).

Any remaining compartments without light strips will have a

6.00 " diameter Truck-Lite, Model:
79384
light. Each light will have a number
1076
one filament, two wire bulb.

Opening the compartment door will automatically turn the compartment lighting on. 0687146
Shelf Tracks, Painted

MOUNTING TRACKS
There will be
four (
4 ) sets of tracks
for mounting shelf(s) in
LS
1 , LS
3 , RS
1 and RS
2 . These tracks
will be installed vertically to support the adjustable shelf(s). The tracks will be painted to match the compartment interior.
0647536
SP
Shelves, Adjustable, 500 lb Capacity,
Full Width/Depth, Welded Corners,
Painted

ADJUSTABLE SHELVES
There will be
three (
3 ) shelves
with a capacity of
500
lb provided. The shelf construction will
consist of .
188
" aluminum with

2.00 " sides. Each shelf will be painted to match the compartment interior and will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track.

The inner shelf corners will be square while the outer corners will be clipped to avoid vertical LED compartment light interference. All vertical lip seams will be welded shut.

The shelves will be held in place by .
12 " thick stamped plated brackets and bolts.

The location will be
(
1 ) LS
3 above s/o tray, (
2 ) in LS
1 ,
.
44 943
Bid #:

0816662
SP
Shelves, Adjustable Full Width/Depth,
Front .75", Angled/Welded Corners,
Painted

ADJUSTABLE SHELVES
There will be
one (
1 ) shelf
provided. The shelf construction will consist of .
188
" aluminum. The
front lip of the shelf will be .
75 " tall. The rear and side lips of the shelf will be

2.00 " tall. The side
lips will be angled at the front to match the height of the . 75 " tall front lip. Each shelf will be
painted to match the compartment interior and will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track.

The inner shelf corners will be square while the outer corners will be clipped to avoid vertical LED compartment light interference. All vertical lip seams will be welded shut.

The shelves will be held in place by .
12 " thick stamped plated brackets and bolts.

The location will be
RS
1 .
0559456
Tray, 500 lb Slide-out, 2" Sides - Adj.

Height, Full Width

SLIDE-OUT ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT TRAY
There will be
one (
1 ) slide-out tray
provided.

Each tray will have

2.00 " high sides and a capacity rating of up to
500
lb in the extended position.

Each tray will be designed to be as wide as the compartment space will allow.

Each tray will be constructed of aluminum
painted spatter gray
.

Each tray will be mounted on a pair of side mounted slides. The slide mechanisms will have ball bearings for ease of operation and years of dependable service. The slides will be mounted to shelf tracks to allow the tray to be adjustable up and down within the designated mounting location.

An automatic lock will be provided for both the in and out tray positions. The lock trip mechanism will be located at the front of the tray and will be easily operated with a gloved hand.

The tray(s) will be located
LS
3 above floor tray
.
0647472
Tray, Floor Mounted, Slide-Out, w/
Side Slides, FW/FD, 500lb, 2.00"
Sides, 2G

SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY
There will be
two (
2 )
floor mounted slide-out tray(s) with

2.00 " sides provided
(
1 ) LS
3 , (
1 ) RS
2 .

Each tray will be rated for up to
500
lb in the extended position. The tray(s) will be constructed of a minimum .
13 " aluminum. The finish will be
painted spatter gray
.

The tray(s) will be designed for maximum compartment width and depth.

Slides will be equipped with ball bearings for ease of operation and years of dependable service.

The slides will be located on the sides of the tray so that the tray can be located as close to the compartment floor as possible.

Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. 0540335
Toolboard, Swing-out, Alum, .188",
No Holes

SWING OUT TOOLBOARD
A swing out aluminum toolboard will be provided.

It will be a minimum of .
188
" thick without holes in the board.

1.00 " x

1.00 " aluminum tube frame will be welded to the edge of the pegboard.

The board will be mounted on a pivoting device at the
front
of the compartment on the top and
bottom to allow easy movement in and out of the compartment. The maximum tool load will be 400
pounds.

The board will have positive lock in the stowed and extended position.

The board will have a D-ring handle to secure it in the stowed position The board will be
mounted on adjustable tracks from front to back within the compartment .

There will be
One (
1 )
toolboard(s) provided. The toolboard(s) will be
spatter gray painted
and
installed
LS
2 .
0726401
Partition, Trans Rear Compt, Sealed

PARTITION, TRANSVERSE REAR COMPARTMENT
Two (
2 ) partitions
will be bolted in place to separate the
left and right side rear compartments

from the rear tailboard compartment. The partition will be body material painted spatter gray
.

Each partition will be permanently sealed with caulk to ensure no water will leak to or from the adjoining compartments.
0726403
Partition, Vertical Compt, Special
Height

VERTICAL COMPARTMENT PARTITION
One (
1 ) partition
will be bolted in
B
1 2.00
" inboard from the intake so that you can connect a
hose.
. Each partition will be
from floor to top of fuel tank access panel
vertical height of the
compartment. Each partition will be
painted spatter gray
.
0539735
Caulk, Seam, Catwalk to Side Sheet

The seam between the catwalk and side sheet both sides of body will be caulked. 0502057
SP
Brushed S/S on Compt Floor

COMPARTMENT FLOOR SCUFFPLATE
Brushed stainless steel will be provided on the floor of four (
4 )
compartments. The locations will
be
(
1 ) LS
1 , (
1 ) LS
2 , (
1 ) RS
1 , (
1 ) B
1 THE ENTIRE FLOOR OF EACH COMPARTMENT TO BE

COVERED WITH THIS BRUSHED S/S SCUFFPLATE
.

The edges of the stainless steel will be completely caulked before installation to prevent corrosion.
0003934
Dust Filter, Compt Louvers

COMPARTMENT DUST FILTERS
A total of
six (
6 )
body compartment louvers will have a removable dust filter installed to restrict road dirt from easily entering the compartment and will be installed LS
1 , LS
2 , LS
3 , B
1 , RS
1 , RS
2 .
45 943
Bid #:

0755638
Pegboard, Back Wall Mounted, 3/16"
Alum, Full Height Compt

PEGBOARD
There will be

0.188
" thick aluminum pegboard
spatter gray painted
will be installed on the back
wall of
one (
1 )
compartments. It will be mounted using two (
2 ) horizontal tracks. Retainers will be
used to mount the pegboard to the tracks. The pegboard will be installed on the back wall. The holes will be
.
203
" diameter
, punched

1.00 " on center. Pegboard will be provided in the following compartments:

LS
3 .
0775959
Strap, Nylon w/Velcro Hook & Loop,
2" wide
STRAP
There will be
four (
4 )
black

2.00 " wide nylon strap(s) that will provide positive restraint by hooking through a footman loop, similar to what is used with a hose bed flap. The strap(s) will be located (
2 ) in each storage compartment in front hosebed area.
. The strap(s) will have a Velcro®
fastener.
0887745
SP
Nuts, Installed on self Tapping Door
Hinge Screws Compt Interiors, Qty

NUTS
There will be nuts provided on self tapping screws for the interior compartment door hinge screws on a total of
five (
5 )
compartment(s) located
LS
1 , LS
2 , LS
3 , RS
1 , RS
2 .
0642390
SP
Rub Rail, Aluminum Extruded, Side
of Body, Additional Screws (4)

RUB RAIL
Bottom edge of the side compartments will be trimmed with a bright aluminum extruded rub rail.

Trim will be

2.12 " high with

1.38 " flanges turned outward for rigidity.

The rub rails will not be an integral part of the body construction, which allows replacement in the event of damage.

A screw will be added in the center of the rub rail under each of the side compartments. 0784811
Fender Crowns, Rear, Stainless,
w/Removable Liner

BODY FENDER CROWNS
Polished stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings with a dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion.

The fender crowns will be held in place with stainless steel screws that thread directly into a composite nut and not directly into the parent body sheet metal to eliminate dissimilar metals contact and greatly reduce the chance for corrosion. Rubber welting will be provided between the body and crown.

BODY FENDER LINER
A
painted to match the lower body color
fender liner will be provided. The liners will be removable to aid in the maintenance of rear suspension components. 0004068
Hose, Hard Suction, 6.0", 10.0',
Corrugated

HARD SUCTION HOSE
Two (
2 ) lengths
of

6.00 " corrugated hard suction hose,
10 ' in length, will be provided. The hose
will be equipped with a long handle female coupling on one ( 1 ) end and a rocker lug male
coupling on the other end. Couplings will be hard coated aluminum. 0612955
Trough, HSH, (1), Compartment Top
Mount

HOSE TROUGH
A quantity of
one (
1 )
hard suction hose trough(s) will be compartment top mounted on a bracket, located
on the left side
.

Trough(s) will be constructed of
aluminum painted job color
.

The hose(s) will be held in place by
chrome plated, quarter turn, spring loaded clamps
.
0612957
Trough, HSH, (1), Side Sheet Mount

HOSE TROUGH
A quantity of
one (
1 )
, hard suction hose trough(s) will be side sheet mounted on an adjustable bracket, located
on the right side
.

Trough(s) will be constructed of
aluminum painted job color
.

The hose(s) will be held in place by
chrome plated, quarter turn, spring loaded clamps
.
0621021
Handrails, Side Pump Panels, Per
Print, Hansen Knurled Alum Tubing,
LED Backlit

HANDRAILS
The handrails will be Hansen LED backlit knurled aluminum. The handrails will be lit with a white

LED light. The handrails will be activated
by the same means as the cab handrail light controls
.

Chrome plated end stanchions will support the handrail. Plastic gaskets will be used between end stanchions and any painted surfaces.

Drain holes will be provided in the bottom of all vertically mounted handrails.

Handrails will be provided to meet current edition of applicable NFPA standards. The handrails will be installed as noted on the sales drawing.
0889368
SP
Handrails, Beavertail, Hansen
Tubing, Knurled Aluminum, LED
Backlit, Offset

HANDRAILS
One (
1 ) Hansen LED lit knurled aluminum vertical offset handrail will be located on each rear beavertail. The handrails will be lit with a
white
LED light. The handrails will be activated
with the
application of the parking brake
.
0011212
Handrail, Not Required, Rear Hose
Bed, Pumper
46 943
Bid #:

0767359
SP
Compt, (1) Extinguisher and (1) Air
Bottle, Fender Panel, Tri Door
EXTINGUISHER/AIR BOTTLE/ STORAGE (Triangular)
A total of
one (
1 )
extinguisher/air bottle/storage compartments will be provided on the right side
forward of the rear wheels
. The triangular shaped compartment will sized to fit one ( 1 )

6.50 "
diameter air bottle in the lower area and one (
1 )

9.00 " diameter extinguisher in the upper area.

The compartment will be approximately

25.50 " deep. A partition will be provided to separate the compartment. There will be
black rubber matting
furnished to line the floor as well as a drain hole.

A triangular shaped
polished
stainless steel door with a
chrome plated flush lift & turn latch
will be
provided. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.
0622393
Compt, Air Pack Fender Panel

AIR PACK STORAGE
A total of
one (
1 )
air pack compartment(s) will be provided and located
left side forward of rear
axle
. The air pack compartment(s) will be tapered to match the profile of the space available in the fender. The compartment(s) will be approximately

15.50 " wide at the top and

5.00 " wide at the
bottom for the wheel cutout. The compartment(s) will be

15.50 " tall at the body side compartment
and

6.00 " tall at the wheel cutout. The compartment(s) will be

26.00 " deep and have a drain hole.

Inside the compartment,
black rubber matting
will be provided.

A
polished
stainless steel hinged door with a
chrome plated flush lift & turn latch
will be provided
to contain the air pack. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.
0654143
Compt, Air Bottle, Single,Tri Door
(DEF/Fuel), Fender Panel

AIR BOTTLE STORAGE (Single)
A quantity of one air bottle compartment, approximately

7.50 " wide x

7.50 " tall x

26.00 " deep, will
be provided on the driver side rearward of the rear wheels. The triangular door will cover the air bottle opening, the DEF tank access, and fuel fill. The compartment will be square with angled corners. A
polished
stainless steel door with a
chrome plated flush lift & turn latch
will be provided
to contain the air bottle. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.

Inside the compartment,
black rubber matting
will be provided.

AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT STRAP
A strap will be provided in the air bottle compartment to help contain the air bottle when the vehicle is parked on an incline. The strap will wrap around the neck and attach to the wall of the compartment.
0657522
Compt, Air Bottle, Triple, Fender
Panel
AIR BOTTLE STORAGE (Triple)
A quantity of
one (
1 ) air bottle compartment
designed to hold (
3 ) air bottles up to

7.25 " in
diameter x

26.00 " deep will be provided
on the right side rearward of the rear wheels
. A
polished

stainless steel door with a
chrome plated flush lift & turn latch
will be provided to contain the air
bottle. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.

Inside the compartment,
black rubber matting
will be provided.

AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT STRAP
A strap will be provided in the air bottle compartment(s) to help contain the air bottles when the vehicle is parked on an incline. The strap will wrap around the neck and attach to the wall of the compartment.
0811636
SP
Ladder, 24' Alaco 2300-24 2-Sec, 22"
Wide, Non-NFPA, Provided by Dealer

EXTENSION LADDER, PROVIDED BY DEALER
There will be
one (
1 )

24 ', two (
2 ) section, wood, Alaco Series
2300-24
provided and installed by
the dealer.

The stored overall length, width, and banking thickness of this ladder, including any bolts, pulleys, ropes, butt spurs, etc, is

EXTENSION LADDERS ARE TO HAVE UNMANILA HALYARD MADE
OF POLYESTER CORE/WOVEN SHEATH, Watco oil finish, chrome plated hardware and black and white ends
.

This ladder is non compliant to NFPA
1931
, Chapter

4.4.3.1 , "
Standard on Design of and
Design
Verification Tests for Fire Department Ground Ladders".

Per Fire Department specification request of this ladder, the apparatus will be non compliant to the current edition of applicable NFPA standards at time of contract execution. 0811749
SP
Ladder, Alaco 2304-14, Roof, Non-
NFPA, Provided by Dealer

ROOF LADDER, PROVIDED BY DEALER
There will be
one (
1 )

14 ' roof, wood Alaco Series
2304-14
ladder provided by the dealer.

The ladder dimensions will be
LENGTH =
14-6
’’,
OUTSIDE WIDTH =
15 ’’,
OVERALL DEPTH =
5 ’’
with watco oil finish, chrome plated hardware and black and white ends This ladder is non compliant to NFPA
1931
, Chapter

4.4.3.1 , "
Standard on Design of and
Design
Verification Tests for Fire Department Ground Ladders".

Per Fire Department specification request of this ladder, the apparatus will be non compliant to the current edition of applicable NFPA standards at time of contract execution. 0724178
SP
Brackets, Adjustable, RS, Special
Hardware and Spacing 75.50"

LADDER BRACKETS
The ladders will be installed on the right side of the hose body in lined brackets and held in place by steel chrome plated, quarter-turn spring loaded clamps with stainless steel rods. The clamps will be such that when the roof ladder is removed, the clamps can be moved a half turn to hold the extension ladder in place. The ladder brackets will be adjustable up and down. The ladder brackets will be spaced at

75.50 " on center,

20.00 " from the front edge of the body side sheet
and

17.75 " off the catwalk, to hold Alaco wood ladders.
47 943
Bid #:

0811751
SP
Ladder, 10' Alaco 2305-10, Provided
by Dealer, Pumper NFPA

FOLDING LADDER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEALER
NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, section

5.8.1.2 requires a folding ladder.

The folding ladder is not on the apparatus as manufactured. There will be one ( 1 )
10 ' Alaco
Model
2305-10
wood folding ladder provided by the dealer.
0761352
Trough, Folding Ladder, Behind
Ladders on Ladder Brackets

FOLDING LADDER STORAGE
One (
1 ) folding ladder will be stored behind the ladders on the side sheet, in a stainless steel box- shaped trough.

One (
1 ) strap will be provided at the rear of the trough to secure the folding ladder in the trough. 0515803
SP
Spacers, Non-Abrasive, Ladder
Supports

SPACERS, NON-ABRASIVE, LADDER SUPPORTS
Four (
4 ) nonabrasive ladder support spacers will be provided on the catwalk below the ladders.

These spacers are to be evenly spaced and design to relieve stress from the ladder brackets and provide protection to the ladders from the aluminum treadplate on the catwalks. 0725328
Backboard Storage, Rack, In
Compartment

BACKBOARD STORAGE
A rack constructed of
one (
1 ) storage trough
for backboard(s) will be installed
in transverse
compartment above pump
. The rack will be installed
vertically
.

The rack will be fabricated of .
125
" aluminum with the exterior finished to match the compartment interior. The interior of the trough(s) will not be finished.

Each trough will be sized for backboard(s)

72.00 " long x

18.00 " wide x

2.00 " high
.

Access to the backboard(s) will be from
right side
.

The backboards will be secured at the access point(s) with Velcro® straps. 0812076
SP
Pole, Pike 10', Fire Hooks Unlimited,
National Hook, Wood

PIKE POLE,
10 '
There shall be
one (
1 )
Fire Hooks Unlimited National Hook
10 foot pike pole(s) with wood handles
provided
pike pole / folding ladder compartment
.
pike pole / folding ladder compartment
0552649
Pike Pole, 6' Fire Hooks Unlimited,
New York Roof Hook, Steel, Pry End,
RH-6
6 FT PIKE POLE
There will be
one (
1 )
Fire Hooks Unlimited NY roof hook RH-
6 ,
6 foot pike pole(s) with steel
handles and pry end provided
in tube behind wood ladders
.
0004361
Tubes, Alum, Pike Pole Storage

PIKE POLE STORAGE
Aluminum tubing will be used for the storage of
one (
1 ) pike pole
and will be located
mounted
behind the ladders on the side sheet, passenger's side
. If the head of a pike pole can come in
contact with a painted surface, a stainless steel scuffplate will be provided. 0058193
Tubes, Alum, Pike Pole Storage, Spcl
Notch, NY PP Head

PIKE POLE STORAGE
Aluminum tubing will be used for the storage of
one (
1 ) pike pole
and will be located
Behind wood
ladders on PS body side sheet
. If the head of a pike pole can come in contact with a painted surface, a stainless steel scuffplate will be provided. The pike pole tube will be notched to allow a New York style pike pole to fit into the tube.
0768976
Bell, 12" Chrome w/Eagle, Mounted
on Cab Corner, Large Brkt

BELL
A chrome plated,

12.00 " bronze cast bell, complete with an eagle, will be mounted on the passenger side radiused corner of cab face. The cab will be properly reinforced to support the weight of the bell, the reinforcement bracket allow the bell to mount toward the upper corner of the windshield. A rope pull, for the bell, will be installed inside the cab. 0504812
Label, "NOT A STEP"

WARNING LABEL(S)
There will be
one (
1 )
label(s) indicating "NOT A STEP", provided
on the top treadplate surface of
the cover over the PS front air lock per job
26350
.
0647522
Label, Special, Bezel Type, Qty.

SPECIAL LABEL
There will be
two (
2 )
special bezel type label(s) provided and installed
items
1 to
3 = on the
outside of various passenger's side pump panel doors.
. The label will be worded as follows,
1 ) PS
lower door below
6 " suction = MANUAL OVERRIDE
2 ) PS lower rearmost door = REAR INLET

OVERRIDE
.
0785102
Steps, Folding, Front of Body, Cargo
Bed Access, w/LED, Trident

FOLDING STEPS FRONT OF BODY
Folding steps will be provided
full height on the left side
body compartments to provide access to
the cargo bed. Steps will be spaced evenly on the sales drawing. Actual quantity may vary due to pump panel interferences but will meet the NFPA required maximum stepping height.

The Trident steps will be bright finished, non-skid with a luminescent tread coating, that is
rechargeable from any light source and can hold a charge for up to 24 hours,
on the stepping
surface.

The step will incorporate an LED light to illuminate the stepping surface.

The steps can be used as a hand hold with two openings wide enough for a gloved hand. 48 943
Bid #:

0592994
Steps, Folding, Rear of Body, w/LED,
Trident

REAR FOLDING STEPS
Bright finished, non-skid folding steps with
a luminescent tread coating, that is rechargeable from
any light source and can hold a charge for up to
24 hours,
on the stepping surface will be
provided at the rear. Each step will incorporate an LED light to illuminate the stepping surface.

The steps can be used as a hand hold with two openings wide enough for a gloved hand. 0724153
Step, Folding - Extra, Body Only,
w/LED, Trident
One (1) additional folding step
will be located
right side front bulkhead, low to match left side
position
. The step(s) will be bright finished, non-skid with
a luminescent tread coating, that is
rechargeable from any light source and can hold a charge for up to 24 hours, on the stepping
surface. Each step will incorporate an LED light to illuminate the stepping surface. The step(s) can be used as a hand hold with two openings wide enough for a gloved hand. 0586899
Step, Cargo Area, Ea.

There will be
one (1)
bright aluminum treadplate cover/step/s provided and installed to assist
stepping from the top of the DS enclosed compartment to the cargo compartment floor within the
cargo area over the pump. The step will be reinforced for walking. 0007575
Pump House, Side Control, 48",
Control Zone

PUMP COMPARTMENT
The pump compartment will be separate from the hose body and compartments so that each may flex independently of the other. The pump compartment will be constructed of the same material as the body compartmentation.

The pump compartment substructure will be a fabricated assembly of steel tubing, angles and channels which supports both the fire pump and the side running boards.

The pump compartment will be mounted on the chassis frame rails with rubber biscuits in a four point pattern to allow for chassis frame twist.

Pump compartment, pump, plumbing and gauge panels will be removable from the chassis in a single assembly.

PUMP MOUNTING
Pump will be mounted to a substructure which will be mounted to the chassis frame rail using rubber isolators. The mounting will allow chassis frame rails to flex independently without damage to the fire pump.

LEFT SIDE PUMP CONTROL PANEL
All pump controls and gauges will be located at the left (driver's) side of the apparatus and properly identified.

Layout of the pump control panel will be ergonomically efficient and systematically organized.

The pump operator's control panel will be removable in two ( 2 ) main sections for ease of
maintenance:

The upper section will contain sub panels for the mounting of the pump pressure control device, engine monitoring gauges, electrical switches, and foam controls (if applicable). Sub panels will be removable from the face of the pump panel for ease of maintenance. Below the sub panels will be located all valve controls and line pressure gauges.

The lower section of the panel will contain all inlets, outlets, and drains.

All push/pull valve controls will have
1/4
turn locking control rods with polished chrome plated zinc tee handles. Guides for the push/pull control rods will be chrome plated zinc castings securely mounted to the pump panel. Push/pull valve controls will be capable of locking in any position.

The control rods will pull straight out of the panel and will be equipped with universal joints to eliminate binding.

IDENTIFICATION TAGS
The identification tag for each valve control will be recessed in the face of the tee handle.

All discharge outlets will have color coded identification tags, with each discharge having its own unique color. Color coding will include the labeling of the outlet and the drain for each corresponding discharge.

All line pressure gauges will be mounted directly above the corresponding discharge control tee handles and recessed within the same chrome plated casting as the rod guide for quick identification. The gauge and rod guide casting will be removable from the face of the pump panel for ease of maintenance. The casting will be color coded to correspond with the discharge identification tag.

All remaining identification tags will be mounted on the pump panel in chrome plated bezels.

The pump panel on the right (passenger's) side will be removable with lift and turn type fasteners.

Trim rings will be installed around all inlets and outlets. 0035500
Raised Pump House Structure, Side
Control
0661706
Lighting, Pierce, LED Strip Light, 63",
Cargo Area, Pmp Pnl Sw

CARGO AREA LIGHTING
There will be
one (
1 )
LED light stick(s) provided below the body flange of the cargo area. Each light will be

63.00 " in length and the location(s) will be
(
1 ) along forward wall inside cargo
compartment
. The light(s) will be activated with a switch at the pump panel. 0816460
SP
Compt, Long Item Storage, Over
Pump, Transverse, Water Resistant,
Dbl Pan Door

LONG ITEM STORAGE OVER PUMP
A transverse area over the pump and
forward of the cargo area
. This compartment will contain an
adjustable shelf with a

1.00 " lip on all four (
4 ) sides. There will be shelf tracking at each end near the door and on set in the center of the compartment to help support the shelf.

A blister will be supplied at each side as needed to enclose the stored items due to their length.

The stored items will be accessible from
either side
of the vehicle through the
painted aluminum

double pan door(s) with a
D-handle latch
. The door will be hinged
along the forward edge
.

The compartment will be water tight to keep the stored equipment dry.

The items to be stored will be
approx size of
35 " H x
17 " W per
71014
pre-lim drawing
.
49 943
Bid #:

0759645
SP
Platform, LS Cargo Area,Hatch Style
Access Door, Caulked, Water
Resistant

LEFT SIDE CARGO AREA PLATFORM WITH HATCH DOOR
A bright aluminum treadplate platform will be provided above the left side portion of the cargo compartment
vertical wall on the back side (side closest to the deluge) shall leave a little clearance between wall and deluge pipe for servicing and easy usage of monitor per job 26350
.
.

This platform will be properly reinforced to support the weight of firefighters.

A hatch style lift-up door will be furnished, with a gas-charged cylinder and a pair of flush lift and
turn latches
.

The door will be made as water resistant as possible. The compartment will be caulked along the seams at the floor and around the top to improve water resistance. 0726848
SP
Raise Side Sheet Above Pump
House, Fill-in-Blank

SIDESHEETS, PUMPHOUSE
The side sheet over the pump house will be raised to
to allow the transverse storage to be
35 "
high per prelim drawing
71014
.
0004425
Pump, Waterous, CSU, 1500 GPM,
Single Stage
PUMP
Pump will be a Waterous CSU,
1500
gpm single (
1 ) stage midship mounted centrifugal type.

Pump will be the class "A" type.

Pump will deliver the percentage of rated discharge at pressures indicated below:
-
100%
of rated capacity at
150
psi net pump pressure.
-
70%
of rated capacity at
200
psi net pump pressure.
-
50%
of rated capacity at
250
psi net pump pressure.

Pump body will be close-grained gray iron, bronze fitted, and horizontally split in two ( 2 ) sections
for easy removal of the entire impeller shaft assembly (including wear rings).

Pump will be designed for complete servicing from the bottom of the truck, without disturbing the pump setting or apparatus piping.

Pump case halves will be bolted together on a single horizontal face to minimize chance of leakage and facilitate ease of reassembly. No end flanges will be used.

Discharge manifold of the pump will be cast as an integral part of the pump body assembly and will provide a minimum of three (
3 )

3.50 " openings for flexibility in providing various discharge outlets for maximum efficiency.

The three (
3 )

3.50 " openings will be located as follows: one (
1 ) outlet to the right of the pump, one
(
1 ) outlet to the left of the pump, and one (
1 ) outlet directly on top of the discharge manifold.

Impeller shaft will be stainless steel, accurately ground to size. It will be supported at each end by sealed, anti-friction ball bearings for rigid precise support. Impeller will have flame plated hubs assuring maximum pump life and efficiency despite any presence of abrasive matter in the water supply.

Bearings will be protected from water and sediment by suitable stuffing boxes, flinger rings, and oil seals. No special or sleeve type bearings will be used. 0004481
Seal, Grafoil, Waterous

PUMP PACKING
Stuffing boxes will be of the conventional two (
2 ) piece, split-gland type, to permit adjustment or
replacement of Grafoil packing without disturbing the pump. Water will be fed into stuffing box lantern rings for proper lubrication and cooling when the pump is operating.

Lantern rings will be located at the inner ends of the stuffing boxes, to avoid having to remove them when replacing pump packing.

Wear rings will be bronze and easily replaceable to restore original pump efficiency and eliminate the need to replace the entire pump casing due to wear. 0816447
Trans, Pump, Waterous C22 Series

PUMP TRANSMISSION
The pump transmission will be made of a three (
3 ) piece, aluminum, horizontally split casing.

Power transfer to pump will be through a high strength Morse HY-VO silent drive chain. By the use of a chain rather than gears,
50%
of the sprocket will be accepting or transmitting torque, compared to two (
2 ) or three (
3 ) teeth doing all the work.

Drive shafts will be

2.35 " diameter hardened and ground alloy steel and supported by ball bearings. The case will be designed to eliminate the need for water cooling. 0635600
Pumping Mode, Stationary Only

PUMPING MODE
An interlock system will be provided to ensure that the pump drive system components are properly engaged so that the apparatus can be safely operated. The interlock system will be designed to allow stationary pumping only.
0605126
Pump Shift, Air Mnl Override, Split
Shaft, Interlocked, Waterous

AIR PUMP SHIFT
Pump shift engagement will be made by a two (
2 ) position sliding collar, actuated pneumatically
(by air pressure), with a three (
3 ) position air control switch located in the cab. A manual back-up shift control will also be located on the left side pump panel.

Two (
2 ) indicator lights will be provided adjacent to the pump shift inside the cab. One ( 1 ) green
light will indicate the pump shift has been completed and be labeled "pump engaged". The second green light will indicate when the pump has been engaged, and that the chassis transmission is in pump gear. This indicator light will be labeled "OK to pump".

The pump shift will be interlocked to prevent the pump from being shifted out of gear when the chassis transmission is in gear to meet NFPA requirements.

The pump shift control in the cab will be illuminated to meet NFPA requirements. 0003148
Transmission Lock-up, EVS

TRANSMISSION LOCK-UP
The direct gear transmission lock-up for the fire pump operation will engage automatically when the pump shift control in the cab is activated.
50 943
Bid #:

0004547
Auxiliary Cooling System

AUXILIARY COOLING SYSTEM
A supplementary heat exchange cooling system will be provided to allow the use of water from the discharge side of the pump for cooling the engine water. The heat exchanger will be a separate unit. It will be installed in the pump or engine compartment with the control located on the pump operator's control panel. The exchanger will be plumbed to the master drain valve. 0014486
Not Required, Transfer Valve, Single
Stage Pump
0746501
Valve, Relief Intake, Elkhart

INTAKE RELIEF VALVE - PUMP
There will be
One (
1 )
Elkhart Style
40 relief valve(s) installed on the suction side of the pump preset at
125
psig
.

The relief valve(s) will have a working range of
75 psi to
250
psi.

The outlet will terminate below the frame rails with a

2.50 " National Standard hose thread adapter
and will have a "do not cap" warning tag.

The relief valve pressure control will be located behind behind the right side pump panel with a
stainless steel access door
.
0564941
Controller, Pressure, FRC, Pump
Boss, PBA200

PRESSURE CONTROLLER
A Fire Research Pump Boss Model PBA
200
pressure governor will be provided.

A pressure transducer will be installed in the water discharge manifold on the pump.

The display panel will be located at the pump operator's panel. 0024543
Primer, Hale, ESP Motor, (1) PVG
Valve, (1) T-Handle Control, For An
Other Pump

ESP PRIMING PUMP
Priming pump will be a positive displacement vane type, electrically driven, and conforming to standards outlined in NFPA pamphlet
#1901
.

One (
1 ) priming control will open the priming valve and start the priming motor.

Primer will be environmentally safe and self lubricating. 0780364
Manuals, Pump, (2) Total, Electronic
Copies

PUMP MANUALS
There will be a total of two (
2 ) pump manuals provided by the pump manufacturer and furnished with the apparatus. The manuals will be provided by the pump manufacturer in the form of two ( 2 )
electronic copies. Each manual will cover pump operation, maintenance, and parts. 0602512
Plumbing, Stainless Steel and Hose,
Single Stage Pump, Control Zone

PLUMBING, STAINLESS STEEL AND HOSE
All inlet and outlet lines will be plumbed with either stainless steel pipe, flexible polypropylene tubing or synthetic rubber hose reinforced with hi-tensile polyester braid. All hose's will be equipped with brass or stainless steel couplings. All stainless steel hard plumbing will be a minimum of a schedule
10 wall thickness.

Where vibration or chassis flexing may damage or loosen piping or where a coupling is required for servicing, the piping will be equipped with victaulic or rubber couplings.

Plumbing manifold bodies will be ductile cast iron or stainless steel.

All piping lines are to be drained through a master drain valve or will be equipped with individual drain valves. All drain lines will be extended with a hose to drain below the chassis frame.

All water carrying gauge lines will be of flexible polypropylene tubing.

All piping, hose and fittings will have a minimum of a
500
PSI hydrodynamic pressure rating.
0089437
Plumbing Without Foam System

0004645
Inlets, 6.00" - 1250 GPM or Larger
Pump

MAIN PUMP INLETS
A

6.00 " pump manifold inlet will be provided on each side of the vehicle. The suction inlets will include removable die cast zinc screens that are designed to provide cathodic protection for the pump, thus reducing corrosion in the pump.
0004646
Cap, Main Pump Inlet, Long Handle,

NST, VLH

MAIN PUMP INLET CAP
The main pump inlets will have National Standard Threads with a long handle chrome cap.

The cap will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0084610
Valves, Akron 8000 series- All

VALVES
All ball valves will be Akron® Brass. The Akron valves will be the 8000
series heavy-duty style
with a stainless steel ball and a simple two-seat design. No lubrication or regular maintenance is required on the valve.

Valves will have a
ten (
10 ) year
warranty.
0016158
Valve, Inlet(s) Recessed, Side Cntrl,
"Control Zone"
The location of the valve for the
one (1) inlet
will be recessed behind the pump panel.
51 943
Bid #:

0004700
Control, Inlet, at Valve

INLET CONTROL
The side auxiliary inlet(s) will incorporate a quarter-turn ball valve with the control located at the inlet valve. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve. 0004660
Inlet (1), Left Side, 2.50"

LEFT SIDE INLET
There will be one (
1 ) auxiliary inlet with a

2.50 " valve at the left side pump panel, terminating with a

2.50 " (F) National Standard hose thread adapter.

The auxiliary inlet will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. 0004680
Inlet, Right Side, 2.50"

RIGHT SIDE INLET
There will be one (
1 ) auxiliary inlet with a

2.50 " valve at the right side pump panel, terminating
with a

2.50 " (F) National Standard hose thread adapter.

The auxiliary inlet will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. 0034720
Anode, Zinc, Pair, Pump Inlets

ANODE, INLET
A pair of sacrificial zinc anodes will be provided in the water pump inlets to protect the pump from corrosion.
0544980
Inlet, Rear, 4.00" w/4.00" Plumbing,
Rear Compartment, w/Bleeder Valve

LARGE DIAMETER REAR INLET
A

4.00 " rear inlet with die cast zinc screens will be provided using

4.00 " welded, black iron pipe
and a

4.00 " butterfly valve.

Piping will contain only large radiused elbows, no mitered joints.

The inlet will terminate in the rear compartment, above the tailboard.

Bleeder valves will be located near the threaded connection and the valve control. 0004820
Control, Rear Inlet, Handwheel,
w/Indicator Lights

REAR INLET CONTROL
The rear inlet valve will have a chrome plated hand wheel control located at the pump operator's panel. A light will be provided to indicate when the valve is closed. 0563788
Elbow & Cap, Rear Inlet, 4.00" FNST
x 5.00" Storz

REAR INLET ELBOW & CAP
The rear

4.00 " inlet will be furnished with a

4.00 " (F) National Standard hose thread x

5.00 " Storz
elbow adapter with a Storz cap.
0746865
Valve, Relief Intake, Rear Inlet,
Elkhart

REAR INLET INTAKE RELIEF VALVE
An Elkhart Brass Style
40 intake pressure relief valve will be provided on the inlet side of the valve preset at
125
psig
.

The pressure relief valve will be adjustable from
75 to
250
psi.

The outlet will be

2.50 " National Standard hose thread and terminate below the frame rails and will have a "do not cap" warning tag near the discharge outlet. 0092568
No Rear Auxiliary Inlet Requested

0723049
Valve, .75" Bleeder, Aux. Side Inlet,
"T" Swing Handle

INLET BLEEDER VALVE
A

0.75 " bleeder valve will be provided for each side gated inlet.

The valves will be located behind the panel with a "T" swing style handle control extended to the outside of the panel.

The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position. The swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage.

The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. 0029043
Tank to Pump, (1) 3.00" Valve, 3.00"
Plumbing

TANK TO PUMP
The booster tank will be connected to the intake side of the pump with stainless steel piping and a quarter turn

3.00 " full flow line valve with the control remotely located at the operator's panel.

Tank to pump line will run straight (no elbows) from the pump into the front face of the water tank and angle down into the tank sump. A rubber coupling will be included in this line to prevent damage from vibration or chassis flexing.

A check valve will be provided in the tank to pump supply line to prevent the possibility of "back filling" the water tank.
0004905
Outlet, Tank Fill, 1.50"

TANK REFILL
A

1.50 " combination tank refill and pump re-circulation line will be provided, using a quarter-turn full flow ball valve controlled from the pump operator's panel. 52 943
Bid #:

0063565
Control, Outlets, Manual, HW by
valve Manufacturer if applicable

DISCHARGE OUTLET CONTROLS
The discharge outlets will incorporate a quarter-turn ball valve with the control located at the pump operator's panel. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve or an indicator will be provided to show when the valve is closed.

If a handwheel control valve is used, the pump panel control will be furnished by the valve manufacturer.

Any

3.00 inch or larger discharge valve will be a slow-operating valve in accordance with NFPA

16.7.5.3 .
0004940
Outlet, Left Side, 2.50"

LEFT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLETS
There will be
Two (
2 ) discharge outlets
with a

2.50 " valve on the left side of the apparatus,
terminating with a

2.50 " (M) National Standard hose thread adapter.
0005091
Elbow, Left Side Outlets, 45 Degree,

2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST, VLH

LEFT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS
The

2.50 " discharge outlets located on the left side pump panel will be furnished with a

2.50 " (F)
National Standard hose thread x

2.50 " (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow.

The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0092570
Not Required, Outlets, Left Side
Additional
0035094
Not Required, Elbow, Left Side
Outlets, Additional
0004945
Outlet, Right Side, 2.50"

RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLETS
There will be
One (
1 ) discharge outlet
with a

2.50 " valve on the right side of the apparatus,
terminating with a

2.50 " (M) National Standard hose thread adapter.
0025091
Elbow, Right Side Outlets, 45
Degree, 2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST,
VLH

RIGHT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS
The

2.50 " discharge outlets located on the right side pump panel will be furnished with a

2.50 " (F)
National Standard hose thread x

2.50 " (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow.

The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0092571
Not Required, Outlets, Right Side
Additional
0089584
Not Required, Elbow, Right Side
Outlets, Additional
0811594
SP
Outlet, 3.50" w/3.00" Akron Valve,
HW, Right - w/ Relief, Alameda

LARGE DIAMETER DISCHARGE OUTLET
There shall be a

3.50 " discharge outlet with a

3.00 " Akron valve terminating with male a

3.50 "
National Standard hose thread adapter. This discharge outlet shall be actuated with a handwheel control at the pump operator's control panel.

A Ross relief valve shall be furnished between the discharge valve and the hose thread adapter.

This relief shall dump to ground.

A Ross relief valve shall provide for the right side large diameter discharge and shall be located inside of the pumphouse on the right side pump panel behind the stainless steel access door.

The right side large diameter discharge Ross relief valve shall be controlled inside of the pumphouse by a lever that is connected directly to the valve. 0076350
Elbow, Large Dia Outlet, 30 Deg,

3.50" FNST x 5.00" Storz

LARGE DIAMETER OUTLET ELBOWS
The

3.50 " outlet will be furnished with a

3.50 " (F) National Standard hose thread x

5.00 " Storz
elbow adapter with Storz cap.
0648906
Outlet, Front, 2.50" w/2.50" Plumbing

FRONT DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be one (
1 )

2.50 " discharge outlet piped to the front of the apparatus and located on the
top of the left side of the front bumper
.

Plumbing will consist of

2.50 " piping and flexible hose with a

2.50 " full flow valve with control at
the pump operator's panel. A fabricated weldment made of stainless steel pipe will be used in the plumbing where appropriate. The piping will terminate with a

2.50 " NST with
90 degree stainless
steel swivel
.

There will be
automatic
drains provided at all low points of the piping.
53 943
Bid #:

0004995
Outlet, Rear, 2.50"

REAR DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be
Four (
4 ) discharge outlets
piped to the rear of the hose bed,
two (
2 ) on the left side
and two (
2 ) on the right side
, installed so proper clearance is provided for spanner wrenches or adapters. Plumbing will consist of

2.50 " piping along with a

2.50 " full flow ball valve with the
control from the pump operator's panel.
0045091
Elbow, Rear Outlets, 45 Degree,

2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST, VLH

REAR OUTLET ELBOWS
The

2.50 " discharge outlets located at the rear of the apparatus will be furnished with a

2.50 " (F)
National Standard hose thread x

2.50 " (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow.

The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0092574
Not Required, Outlet, Rear,
Additional
0085695
Not Required, Elbow, Rear Outlets,
Large, Additional
0092573
Not Required, Outlet, Hose
Bed/Running Board Tray

0085076
Caps for 1.50" to 3.00" Discharge,
Chain

DISCHARGE CAPS
Chrome plated, rocker lug, caps with chains will be furnished for all discharge outlets

1.50 " thru

3.00 " in size, besides the pre-connected hose outlets.

The cap will incorporate a thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected (no exception).
0723042
Valve, 0.75" Bleeder, Discharges, "T"
Swing Handle

OUTLET BLEEDER VALVE
A

0.75 " bleeder valve will be provided for each outlet

1.50 " or larger. Automatic drain valves are
acceptable with some outlets if deemed appropriate with the application.

The valves will be located behind the panel with a T swing style handle control extended to the outside of the side pump panel.

The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position.

The T swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage.

Bleeders will be located at the bottom of the pump panel. They will be properly labeled identifying the discharge they are plumbed in to.

The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. 0005080
Reducer, 2.50" FNST x 1.50" MNST,
w/Cap

REDUCER
There will be
seven (
7 ) adapters
with

2.50 " FNST x

1.50 " MNST threads and a

1.50 " chrome
plated cap installed on
(
2 ) right side, (
1 ) left side and (
4 ) rear

2.5 " discharges
.
0736172
SP
Outlet, 3.00" Deluge w/Dual Ctrl, SM
HW On Pnl, LG HW Up Top, Akr Vlv

DELUGE RISER, w/DUAL CONTROL
Three (
3 ) inch deluge riser plumbing shall be installed and routed above the pump in such a manner that a monitor can be mounted and used effectively.

The riser plumbing shall be gated and controlled at the pump operator's panel by a small handwheel control with position indicator.

A second large handwheel control without position indicator shall be provided above the pump adjacent to the outlet.

Plumbing shall consist of

3.00 " piping and a

3.00 " valve.

Piping shall be installed securely so no movement develops when the line is charged. 0543608
Monitor, Akron 3433 Hi-Riser and (2)

2.5" Inlet Grd Base

MONITOR
An Akron Model
3433
Apollo Hi-Riser monitor will be properly installed on the deluge riser. A fixed mounting base and a portable base with two (
2 )

2.50 " inlets will be provided.

A position sensor will be provided on the monitor that will activate the "do not move apparatus" light inside the cab when the monitor is in the raised position.

The monitor will be
painted as provided by monitor manufacturer
.
0046968
Nozzle, Akron 2499, Quad Stacked
Tips and 3488 Shaper

NOZZLE, DELUGE
Akron model
#2499
Quad Stacked pyrolite deluge tips will be provided.

The tip sizes will be

1.375
",

1.50 ",

1.75 ", and

2.00 ".

This will include an Akron
3488
pyrolite stream shaper.
0005070
Deluge Mount, NPT

The deluge riser will have male National Pipe Threads for mounting the monitor. 0723726
Speedlay Module Not Required

54 943
Bid #:

0722432
Hose Restraint Not Required, No
Speedlay Module
0723395
Speedlays, Not Required

0723394
Speedlays, Not Required

0025140
Not Required, 1.50" Crosslays

0029196
Not Required, 2.50" Crosslay

0500535
Not Required, Hose Restraint,
Crosslay
0029260
Not Required, Speedlays

0750536
Hose Restr, Spdly, Not Required, No
Spdly
0730686
SP
Crosslays, 18.00" Lower Than
Standard - Control Zone w/9" Raised
PH

CROSSLAY

18.00 " LOWER THAN STANDARD
The crosslays will be lowered

18.00 " from standard with a

9.00 " raised pumphouse.
0015215
Reel, Booster, Over Pump, Right
Side, Steel

BOOSTER HOSE REEL
A Hannay electric rewind booster hose reel will be installed over the pump in a recessed open compartment on the right side of the apparatus.

The exterior finish of the reel will be
painted job color matching the lower body
.

A polished stainless steel roller and guide assembly will be mounted on the reel side of the apparatus.

Discharge control will be provided at the pump operator's panel. Plumbing to the reel will consist of

1.50 " Aeroquip hose and a

1.50 " valve.
0011060
Switch, Reel Rewind - One at Pump
Panel
Reel motor will be protected from overload with a circuit breaker rated to match the motor.

An electric rewind control switch will be installed on the reel side pump panel. 0005300
Hose, Booster - 150' of 1.00"/800 PSI
Booster hose,

1.00 " diameter and
150
feet, with chrome plated Barway, or equal couplings will be provided.

Working pressure of the booster hose will be a minimum of 800
psi.
0005245
Capacity, Hose Reel, Special

Capacity of the hosereel will be
150' x 1.00"
booster hose.
0007428
Nozzle for Booster Reel Not Req'd

0630827
SP
Nozzle Cup, Zico w/Bracket, Drain
Holes

NOZZLE CUP AND BRACKET
A Zico nozzle cup and chrome plated mounting bracket will be provided for storage of the booster reel nozzle. Drain holes will be provided in the bottom of the cup.

There will be
one (
1 )
provided. The nozzle cup(s) will have a
3-1/8
" inside diameter
and will be
located
above right side pump panel and centered over forward handrail stanchion as low as possible (as determined at pickup)
.
0622237
Roller Assembly, Additional
There will be
one (1)
additional polished stainless steel roller and guide assembly mounted driver
side cargo side sheet
.
0044333
Not Required, Foam System

FOAM SYSTEM
A foam system will not be required on this apparatus.
0012126
Not Required, CAF Compressor

0552517
Not Required, Refill, Foam Tank
55 943
Bid #:

0042573
Not Required, Foam System
Demonstration

0045465
Not Required, Foam Tanks

0091110
Not Required, Foam Tank Drain
0091079
Not Required, Foam Tank #2

0091112
Not Required, Foam Tank #2 Drain

0746447
Approval Dwg, All Pump Panel(s),
Includes Color And Label Tags

The following drawing(s) will be provided for approval by the customer. The drawing(s) will be made for up
32136
Except want all switches in one location
apparatus and/or similar Pierce job
number.

PUMP OPERATOR'S PANEL DRAWING
A detailed drawing to scale of the pump operator's panel will be provided for the customer to review. The drawing will include all of the gauges, controls, switching, etc.., located on the pump operator's panel. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark-ups to this approval drawing. The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line.

The finalized and signed customer approved pump operator's panel drawing will become part of the contract documents.

Due to the way drain(s), bleeder(s), operational/maintenance tag(s) and NFPA required warning tag(s) are placed on pump panel(s), these items will NOT be shown on any pump panel approval drawing(s). These item(s) will be placed on pump panel(s) at the fire apparatus manufacturer discretion.

REMAINING PUMP PANEL(S)
Detailed drawing(s) to scale of the remaining pump panel(s) will be provided for the customer to review. The drawing(s) will include all of the gauges, controls, switching, etc.., located on the pump panel(s). The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark-ups to these approval drawing(s). The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing(s) per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line.

The finalized and signed customer approved pump panel drawing(s) will become part of the contract documents.

COLOR CODED TAGS
A detailed drawing/chart of the colors used on all of the inlet(s) and outlet(s) will be provided for the customer to review. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark-ups to this approval drawing/chart. The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line.

The finalized and signed customer approved drawing/chart of the colors will become part of the contract documents.

SPECIAL TEXT/VERBIAGE TAGS
A detailed drawing/chart of the text/verbiage used on all of the inlet(s) and outlet(s) will be provided for the customer to review. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark- ups to this approval drawing/chart. The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line.

The finalized and signed customer approved drawing/chart of the text/verbiage will become part of the contract documents.
0032479
Pump Panel Configuration, Control
Zone

PUMP PANEL CONFIGURATION
The pump panel configuration will be arranged and installed in an organized manner that will provide user-friendly operation.
0005525
Material, Pump Panels, Side Control
Brushed Stainless

PUMP AND GAUGE PANEL
The pump and gauge panels will be constructed of stainless steel with a brushed finish. A polished aluminum trim molding will be provided on both sides of the pump panel. 0811622
SP
Panel, Pump Access - Right Side,
Hinged, Chain, Side Control

PUMP ACCESS
Right Side Panel
The right side pump panel will be hinged
along the forward edge
.

Panel Fastener
The right side hinged panel will be secured using a
black swell latch
.

The right side lower (drain bank) and all left side panel will be secured using screws.

Vinyl covered retainer chains will be installed on the hinged access doors to prevent damage to the body or the cab.
56 943
Bid #:

0583824
Light, Pump Compt, Wln 3SC0CDCR
LED White

PUMP COMPARTMENT LIGHT
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen®, Model
3 SC
0 CDCR,

3.00 " white
12 volt DC LED light(s) with
Whelen, Model
3 FLANGEC, flange(s) installed in the pump compartment. 0586382
Gauges, Engine, Included With
Pressure Controller

Engine monitoring graduated LED indicators will be incorporated with the pressure controller.

Also provided at the pump panel will be the following:
- Master Pump Drain Control
0005601
Throttle, Engine, Incl'd w/Press
Controller
0739224
Indicator Light @ Pump Panel,
Throttle Ready, Incl w/Pressure
Gov/Throttle,Green

THROTTLE READY GREEN INDICATOR LIGHT
There will be a green indicator light integrated with the pressure governor and/or engine throttle installed on the pump operators panel that is activated when the pump is in throttle ready mode. 0549333
Indicators, Engine, Included with
Pressure Controller
0745568
Indicator Light, Pump Panel, Ok To
Pump, Green

OK TO PUMP INDICATOR LIGHT
There will be a green indicator light installed on the pump operators panel that is activated when the pump is in Ok To Pump mode.
0069390
Control, Air Horn At Pmp Pnl, Red
Button

AIR HORN BUTTON
An air horn control button will be provided at the pump operator's control panel. This button will be red in color and properly labeled and put within easy reach of the operator. 0025635
Door, Pump Access, S/S, RS

PUMP ACCESS DOOR
A vertically hinged stainless steel door will be provided on the right side pump panel for access to pump and plumbing. The door will be sized as large as possible. 0066121
Drains, LS, Keep Area Under Main
Inlet Clear

DRAINS, LEFT SIDE
The drains on the left side pump panel will be located to keep the area under the main pump inlet clear for customer installed piston intake valve.
0081262
Drains, RS, Keep Area Under Main
Inlet Clear

RIGHT SIDE DRAINS
The drains on the right side pump panel will be located to keep the area under the main pump inlet clear for customer installed piston intake valve. 0682383
Switch, Momentary, DPF
Regeneration Inhibit, Pump
Operator's Panel

SWITCH, REGENERATION INHIBIT
A momentary switch will be provided on the pump operator's panel that will inhibit the engine from entering regeneration mode. It will be red and labeled "DPF REGEN INHIBIT". 0025637
Pump Panel Trim Rings, Oversized
for Valve Removal

OUTLET TRIM RINGS
The side discharges and auxiliary inlet valves will be recessed behind the panel and have larger holes provided in the pump panel to facilitate removal of the valves without removing the complete pump panel. Stainless steel trim plates will be provided to trim the holes. 0009227
Gauges, 6.00" Master, Class 1,
Special

VACUUM AND PRESSURE GAUGES
The pump vacuum and pressure gauges will be liquid filled and manufactured by Class 1 Incorporated ©.

The gauges will be a minimum of

6.00 " in diameter and will have
white faces with black markings
,
with a pressure range of

30.00 "
0-400
psi
.

The pump pressure and vacuum gauges will be installed adjacent to each other at the pump operator's control panel.

Test port connections will be provided at the pump operator's panel. One ( 1 ) will be connected to
the intake side of the pump, and the other to the discharge manifold of the pump. They will have

0.25 in. standard pipe thread connections and polished stainless steel plugs. They will be marked with a label.
57 943
Bid #:

0511104
Gauge, 3.00" Pressure, Class 1, 30"-
0-400psi

PRESSURE GAUGES
The individual "line" pressure gauges for the discharges will be interlube filled and manufactured by Class
1 ©.

The gauges will be a minimum of

3.00 " in diameter and will have white faces with black lettering.

Gauge construction will include a Zytel nylon case with adhesive mounting gasket and threaded retaining nut.

Gauges will have a pressure range of
30 "-
0-400#
.

The individual pressure gauge will be installed as close to the outlet control as practical.

This gauge will include a
10 year warranty against leakage, pointer defect, and defective bourdon tube.
0757359
Gauge, Water Level, Class 1,
Remote Module Driver

WATER LEVEL GAUGE
There will be an electronic water level gauge provided on the operator's panel that registers water level by means of five (
5 ) colored LED lights. The lights will be durable, ultra-bright five ( 5 ) LED
design viewable through
180
degrees. The water level indicators will be as follows:
100
percent = Green
75 percent = Yellow
50 percent = Yellow
25 percent = Yellow
Refill = Red
The light will flash when the level drops below the given level indicator to provide an eighth of a tank indication. To further alert the pump operator, the lights will flash sequentially when the water tank is empty.

The level measurement will be based on the sensing of head pressure of the fluid in the tank.

The display will be constructed of a solid plastic material with a chrome plated die cast bezel to reduce vibrations that can cause broken wires and loose electronic components. The encapsulated design will provide complete protection from water and environmental elements. An industrial pressure transducer will be mounted to the outside of the tank. The field calibratable display measures head pressure to accurately show the tank level.

There will be a Hale part number
106877
,
4 -light driver module included with this installation to power additional water level gauges.

The system(s) will be energized when
pump is in gear
.
0750438
Water Level Gauge, Wln PSTANK2,
LED 1-Light, 4-Level

WATER LEVEL GAUGE
There will be
one (
1 )
additional water level indicator(s), Whelen®, Model PSTANK 2 , LED module
with
chrome trim
, installed
one (
1 ) over the right side pump panel
.

This light module(s) will include four (
4 ) colored levels, and function similar to the water level indicator located at the operators panel:

First green module indicates a full water level
Second blue module indicates a water level above
3/4
full
Third amber module indicates a water level above
1/2
full
Last red module indicates a water level above
1/4
full and empty
Above
1/4
this light will be steady burning
At empty this light will be flashing
The flash rate will be determined by the main water level tank sensor.

This module will be activated when the
pump is in gear
.
0006774
Not Required, Foam Level Gauge
0656224
Light Shield/Step 8", S/S Undr Crs,
LED w/P25 LED Step Light

STEP/LIGHT SHIELD
There will be a polished,
16 gauge stainless steel light shield installed under the crosslays. This shield will be properly reinforced to support the crosslay hose weight.

There will be
12 volt DC white LED light(s) installed under the stainless steel light shield.

These lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the pump panel light switch is on.

There will be an aluminum treadplate stepping surface no less than

8.00 " deep and properly
reinforced to support a man's weight, installed over the pump operators main panel.

There will be
12 volt DC white LED lights installed under the step to illuminate the controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus. These lights will be activated by the pump panel light switch. Additional lights will be included every

18.00 " depending on the size of the pump house.

One (
1 ) pump panel light will come on when the pump is in ok to pump mode.

There will be a light activated above the pump panel light switch when the parking brake is set.

This is to afford the operator some illumination when first approaching the control panel.

There will be one (
1 ) white LED, step light provided above this step. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each step light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an
entire
15 " x
15 " square placed ten (
10 ) inches below the light and a minimum of

1.5 fc covering
an entire
30 " x
30 " square at the same ten (
10 ) inch distance below the light. The step light will be activated by the pump panel light switch.
0522730
Light, Over Passenger Side Pump
Panel, P25 LED Stp Lt

There will be
two (
2 )
white LED scene lights with ABS chrome housing, installed above the passenger side pump panel.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles
(fc) covering an entire
15 " x
15 " square placed ten (
10 ) inches below the light and a minimum of

1.5 fc covering an entire
30 " x
30 " square at the same ten (
10 ) inch distance below the light.

The lights will be operated from a switch on the pump panel. 58 943
Bid #:

0606694
Air Horns, (2) Hadley, 6" Round,
eTone, In Bumper

AIR HORN SYSTEM
Two (
2 ) Hadley®, eTone, chrome air horns will be recessed in the front bumper. The air horn system will be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing

0.38 " tubing. A pressure protection
valve will be installed to prevent the loss of air in the brake system. 0606835
Location, Air Horns, Bumper, Each
Side, Outside Frame, Outboard (Pos
#1 & #7)
Air Horn Location
The air horns will be located on each side of the bumper, towards the outside. 0757092
Control, Air Horn, Multi Select

Air Horn Control
The air horn(s) will be activated by the following:
0757081
Control, Air Horn, Ft Sw, LS

Left side foot switch
0743678
Control, Air Horn, Ft Sw, RS,
Location Fet
Right side foot switch will be
on the floor in front of the officer CENTERED along with Q2B switch per job 26350 (SEE PHOTO 144). Air horn switch is INBOARD of Q2B switch .
0549924
Siren, Federal PA300-012MSC
690010, Hi-Lo Tone, 200 Watt

ELECTRONIC SIREN
A Federal, model
690010
, PA
300-012
MSC electronic siren with noise canceling microphone will be provided.

This siren to be active when the battery switch is on and that emergency master switch is on. 0016133
Location, Electronic Siren, Swivel
Mount Centered Overhead

Siren head will be located on a swivel bracket mounted on the headliner so that it is accessible to both the driver and officer. The swivel bracket will be capable of rotating a minimum of 180 degrees.
0076156
Control, Elec Siren, Head Only
The electronic siren will be controlled on the siren head only. No horn button or foot switches will be provided.
0550216
Speaker, (1) Federal, BP200-EF, 200
watt, Stainless Steel

SPEAKER
A Federal, Model BP
200
-EF,
200
watt speaker will be provided. A chrome-plated "EF" flat grille will be installed in front of the speaker.
0601552
Location, Speaker, Frt Bumper,
Recessed, Right Side, Outside
Frame,Inbrd (Pos 2)
The speaker will be recessed in the right side of the front bumper, just outside of the frame rail. 0895310
Siren, Federal Q2B

AUXILIARY MECHANICAL SIREN
There will be a Federal Signal Model Q
2 B mechanical siren furnished and installed in the front of the apparatus.

The Q
2 B will be
chrome finish
.

The siren will have a
2 -gauge cable connected to a power solenoid that is connected by a 2 -
gauge cable ran battery direct to the primary chassis batteries and will be labeled Q 2 B+ at the
battery. The power solenoid will only be enabled when the emergency master switch is on.

The siren will have a
2 -gauge ground wire connected to the chassis battery stud. The cable will be labeled Q
2 B- at the battery.
0665593
Siren, Mechanical, Recessed In
Bumper, Special Recessing Depth,
EF Grille
The mechanical siren will be recessed behind the front bumper on the left side
. The siren will be
supported by the bumper framework. The Federal, Model MSFMT-EF, grille will be used on the front bumper in place of the standard Q2B mechanical siren grille. 0748305
Control, Mech Siren, Multi Select

MECHANICAL SIREN CONTROL
The mechanical siren will be activated by the following:
0748280
Control Mech Siren, Horn Ring

Steering wheel horn ring with horn/siren selector switch. 0898294
Control Mech Siren, Ft Sw RS, Loc

Right side foot switch
on the floor in front of the officer CENTERED along with Air Horn switch per job 26350 (SEE PHOTO 144). Q2B switch is OUTBOARD of air horn switch .
0736164
Sw, Siren Brake, Momentary, LS
Overhead Sw Pnl

A momentary switch will be included in the left side overhead switch panel to activate the siren brake.
0746353
Not Required, Warning Lights
Intensity
59 943
Bid #:

0602884
SP
Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-V, 81",
RAlyRRRWsrR_Opt_RsrWRRRAlyR

FRONT ZONE UPPER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be an

81.00 " Whelen® Freedom
™
IV LED lightbar mounted on the cab roof.

The lightbar will include the following:

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the left side rear corner position.

One (
1 ) alley LED module in the left side end position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the left side front corner position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the left side first front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the left side second front position.

One (
1 ) white flashing LED module in the left side third front position.

One (
1 ) red steady burning LED module in the left side fourth front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the left side fifth front position.

Open in the left side sixth front position.

One (
1 )
795
LED traffic light controller set to
national standard high priority
in the center positions.

Open in the right side sixth front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the right side fifth front position.

One (
1 ) red steady burning LED module in the right side fourth front position.

One (
1 ) white flashing LED module in the right side third front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the right side second front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the right side first front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the right side front corner position.

One (
1 ) alley LED module in the right side end position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the right side rear corner position.

The following switches may be a installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the lightbar:
a switch to control the flashing LED modules.
a switch to control the left side alley LED module.
a switch to control the right side alley LED module.
the traffic light controller
by a cab switch with emergency master control
.
no momentary switch to activate the traffic light controller .

There will be
clear lenses included on the lightbar
.

The white flashing LED module and the traffic light controller will be disabled when the parking brake is applied.

The six (
6 ) red flashing LED modules and two (
2 ) steady burning LED modules in the front
positions and the alley LED modules may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0605598
Lightbars, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 2-

21.5", RRRRR RRRRR

SIDE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 )

21.50 " Whelen Freedom IV LED lightbars mounted on the roof, one ( 1 ) on
each side,
over the crew cab doors
.

Each lightbar will include the following:

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the outside end position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the outside front corner position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the outside front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the inside front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the inside front corner position.

There will be
clear lenses included on the lightbar
.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lightbars.

These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0540384
Lights, Front Zone, Wln M6*C LED,
Clear Lens, in Common Bzl

LIGHTS, FRONT ZONE LOWER
Two (
2 ) Whelen model M
6 *C LED flashing warning lights will be installed on the cab face above the headlights, in a common bezel with the directional lights.

The
driver's side front warning light to be red
.

The
passenger's side front warning light to be red
.

Both lights will include a clear lens.

There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0746667
Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M6**,
M6**, 4Lts

SIDE ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be four (
4 ) Whelen®, Model M
6 **,

4.31 " high x

6.75 " long x

1.37 " deep flashing LED
warning lights with
chrome trim
installed per the following:

Two (
2 ) lights located,
one (
1 ) each side on the bumper extension
. The
driver's side, side front
light to include red warning LEDs
and the
passenger's side, side front light to include red warning LEDs
.

Two (
2 ) lights located,
one (
1 ) each side above rear wheels
. The
driver's side, side rear light to
include red warning LEDs
and the
passenger's side, side rear light to include red warning LEDs .

The
warning light lens colors to be the same as the LEDs
.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0895709
Lights, Door Interior Flash, 4 Dr Cab,
Wln 0S*00FCR

INTERIOR CAB DOOR WARNING LIGHTS
There will be four (
4 ) Whelen® Model
0 S*
00 FCR,

1.0 " high x

1.5 " long x

0.5 " deep flashing LED
warning lights with chrome trim.

One (
1 )
light(s) to include red flashing LED's
on the left side cab door
One (
1 )
light(s) to include red flashing LED's
on the right side cab door.

One (
1 )
light(s) to include red flashing LED's
on the right side crew cab door.

One (
1 )
light(s) to include red flashing LED's
on the left side crew cab door.

Each light will be
located in the door pan as low and far to the outside as practical. .

Each light will be activated when the battery switch is on, respective door is opened and the park
brake is on
.
60 943
Bid #:

0815847
Connectors, Door Interior Flash, All
Cabs, Weatherproof

ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS FOR WARNING LIGHTS
The lights shall be installed with a weatherproof insulated crimped connectors in order to provide ease of connection/disconnection of the circuit applied to. 0564654
Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*,
Colored Lens, For Tail Light Housing

REAR ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen®, Model M
6 *, LED flashing warning lights will be located at the rear of the apparatus.

The
driver's side rear light to be red
The
passenger's side rear light to be red
Both lights will include a lens that is the same color as the LED's.

There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0740407
Lights, Rear, Wln M6** LED,
Features 1st

REAR WARNING LIGHTS
There will be
two (
2 )
Whelen®, Model M
6 **,

4.31 " high x

6.75 " wide x

1.37 " deep flashing LED
warning light(s) with
chrome trim
provided at the rear of the apparatus,
Rear compt bulkheads
.

The
light(s) to include red flashing LEDs
. The
warning light lens colors to be the same as the
LEDs
.

These light(s) will be controlled
with the rear upper warning switch
.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0088745
Light, Rear Zone Up, Wln L31HRFN
LED Beacon, Red LED

REAR/SIDE ZONE UPPER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen®, Model L
31 H*FN, LED warning beacons provided at the rear of the truck, located one (
1 ) each side. There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the beacons.

The color of the lights will be red LEDs with
both domes red
.
0006551
Not Required, Lights, Rear Upper
Zone Blocking
0016621
Mounting, Rear Warn Lights, Left
Side Compt Top, Right Side S/S Low
Mount
The left side rear warning light will be mounted on top of the compartmentation with all wiring totally enclosed. The clearance/marker light will be mounted to the side of the compartment ridge.

The right side rear warning light will be mounted on a low mount stainless steel bracket with all wiring totally enclosed. This brackets will also support the clearance/marker light.

The rear deck lights will be mounted on the beavertail flange to keep the overall height as low as possible.
0762435
Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TAL85,

46.87" Long LED, Lens Feature

TRAFFIC DIRECTING LIGHT
There will be one (
1 ) Whelen® Model TAL
85 46.87
" long x

2.87 " high x

2.25 " deep, amber LED
traffic directing light installed at the rear of the apparatus.

The lens color will be
the same color as the LED's
.

The control head will be included with this installation. The control head will be energized when the battery switch is on.

The
auxiliary flash to be activated when the emergency master switch is on .
0806661
Location, Traf Dir Lt, Over Bed
Between Body Side Shts, On Cross
Tube
This traffic directing light will be mounted over the hosebed, between the body side sheets, on a cross tube at the rear of the apparatus.
0530282
Location, Traf Dir Lt Controller,
Overhead Switch Panel DS Right
End
The traffic directing light control head will be located in the driver side overhead switch panel in the right panel position.
0519934
Not Required, Brand, Hydraulic Tool
System
0649753
Not Required, PTO Driven Hydraulic
Tool System
0639193
Cap, 2.5" FNST, Chrome Rocker Lug
w/Chain
There will be
two (2)

2.5" FNST caps with stainless steel chains provided in the loose equipment.

These caps will have a chrome finish.
0007150
Bag of Nuts and Bolts

LOOSE EQUIPMENT
The following equipment will be furnished with the completed unit:

One (
1 ) bag
of chrome, stainless steel, or cadmium plated screws, nuts, bolts and washers, as used in the construction of the unit.
61 943
Bid #:

0602516
NFPA Required Loose Equipment,
Pumper, NFPA 2016, Provided by
Fire Department

NFPA REQUIRED LOOSE EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, section

5.9.3 and

5.9.4 will be provided by the fire department.
800
ft (
60 m) of

2.50 " (
65 mm) or larger fire hose.
400
ft (
120
m) of

1.50 " (
38 mm),

1.75 " (
45 mm), or

2.00 " (
52 mm) fire hose.

One (
1 ) handline nozzle,
200
gpm (
750
L/min) minimum.

Two (
2 ) handline nozzles,
95 gpm (
360
L/min) minimum.

One (
1 ) smoothbore of combination nozzle with

2.50 " shutoff that flows a minimum of
250
gpm.

One (
1 ) SCBA complying with NFPA
1981
for each assigned seating position, but not fewer than
four (
4 ), mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus or stored in containers supplied by the SCBA manufacturer.

One (
1 ) spare SCBA cylinder for each SCBA carried, each mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus or stored in a specially designed storage space(s).

One (
1 ) first aid kit.

Four (
4 ) combination spanner wrenches.

Two (
2 ) hydrant wrenches.

One (
1 ) double female

2.50 " (
65 mm) adapter with National Hose threads.

One (
1 ) double male

2.50 " (
65 mm) adapter with National Hose threads.

One (
1 ) rubber mallet, for use on suction hose connections.

Two (
2 ) salvage covers each a minimum size of
12 ft x
14 ft (

3.7 m x

4.3 m).

One (
1 ) traffic vest for each seating position, each vest to comply with ANSI/ISEA 207
,
Standard
for High Visibility Public Safety Vests
, and have a five-point breakaway feature that includes two (
2 ) at the shoulders, two (
2 ) at the sides, and one (
1 ) at the front.

Five (
5 ) fluorescent orange traffic cones not less than

28.00 " (
711
mm) in height, each equipped
with a

6.00 " (
152
mm) retro-reflective white band no more than

4.00 " (
152
mm) from the top of
the cone, and an additional

4.00 " (
102
mm) retro-reflective white band

2.00 " (
51 mm) below the

6.00 " (
152
mm) band.

Five (
5 ) illuminated warning devices such as highway flares, unless the five ( 5 ) fluorescent
orange traffic cones have illuminating capabilities.

One (
1 ) automatic external defibrillator (AED).

Four (
4 ) ladder belts meeting the requirements of NFPA
1983
,
Standard on Fire Service
Life
Safety Rope and System Components
(if equipped with an aerial device).

If the supply hose carried does not use sexless couplings, an additional double female adapter and double male adapter, sized to fit the supply hose carried, will be carried mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus.

If none of the pump intakes are valved, a hose appliance that is equipped with one or more gated intakes with female swivel connection(s) compatible with the supply hose used on one side and a swivel connection with pump intake threads on the other side will be carried. Any intake connection larger than

3.00 " (
75 mm) will include a pressure relief device that meets the requirements of

16.6.6 .

If the apparatus does not have a

2.50 " National Hose (NH) intake, an adapter from

2.50 " NH
female to a pump intake will be carried, mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus if not already mounted directly to the intake.

If the supply hose carried has other than

2.50 " National Hose (NH) threads, adapters will be
carried to allow feeding the supply hose from a

2.50 " NH thread male discharge and to allow the
hose to connect to a

2.50 " NH female intake, mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus if not already mounted directly to the discharge or intake.
0602407
Soft Suction Hose, Provided by Fire
Department, Pumper NFPA 2016
Classification

SOFT SUCTION HOSE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, section

5.8.2.1 requires a minimum of
20 ' of suction hose or
15 ' of
supply hose will be carried.

Hose is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide suction or supply hose.
0007028
Strainer, 6.00"

- One (1)-6.00" National Standard hose thread barrel strainer, chrome plated 0602538
Extinguisher, Dry Chemical, Pumper
NFPA 2016 Class, Provided by Fire
Department

DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, section

5.9.4 requires one (
1 ) approved dry chemical portable fire
extinguisher with a minimum
80 -B:C rating mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus.

The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher.
0602360
Extinguisher, 2.5 Gal. Pressurized
Water, Pumper NFPA 2016,Provided
by Fire Dept

WATER EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, section

5.9.4 requires one (
1 )

2.5 gallon or larger water extinguisher
mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus.

The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher.
0602679
Axe, Flathead, Pumper NFPA 2016
Classification, Provided by Fire
Department

FLATHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, Section

5.9.4 requires one (
1 ) flathead axe mounted in a bracket
fastened to the apparatus.

The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axe.
62 943
Bid #:

0602667
Axe, Pickhead, Pumper NFPA 2016
Classification, Provided by Fire
Department

PICKHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, Section

5.9.4 requires one (
1 ) pickhead axe mounted in a bracket
fastened to the apparatus.

The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axe.
0741569
Paint Process / Environmental
Requirements, Appleton

PAINT PROCESS
The exterior custom cab and body painting procedure will consist of a seven ( 7 ) step finishing
process as follows:

Manual Surface Preparation
- All exposed metal surfaces on the custom cab and body will be thoroughly cleaned and prepared for painting. Imperfections on the exterior surfaces will be removed and sanded to a smooth finish. Exterior seams will be sealed before painting. Exterior surfaces that will not be painted include; chrome plating, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate.

Chemical Cleaning and Pretreatment
- All surfaces will be chemically cleaned to remove dirt, oil, grease, and metal oxides to ensure the subsequent coatings bond well. The aluminum surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high pressure, high temperature 4 step Acid Etch
process. The steel and stainless surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high temperature
3 step process specifically designed for steel or stainless. The chemical treatment converts the metal surface to a passive condition to help prevent corrosion.

Surfacer Primer
- The Surfacer Primer will be applied to a chemically treated metal surface to provide a strong corrosion protective basecoat. A minimum thickness of 2 mils of Surfacer Primer
is applied to surfaces that require a Critical aesthetic finish. The Surfacer Primer is a two- component high solids urethane that has excellent sanding properties and an extra smooth finish when sanded.

Finish Sanding
- The Surfacer Primer will be sanded with a fine grit abrasive to achieve an ultra- smooth finish. This sanding process is critical to produce the smooth mirror like finish in the topcoat.

Sealer Primer
- The Sealer Primer is applied prior to the Basecoat in all areas that have not been previously primed with the Surfacer Primer. The Sealer Primer is a two-component high solids urethane that goes on smooth and provides excellent gloss hold out when topcoated.

Base
coat Paint
- Two coats of a high performance, two component high solids polyurethane basecoat will be applied. The Basecoat will be applied to a thickness that will achieve the proper color match. The Basecoat will be used in conjunction with a urethane clear coat to provide protection from the environment.

Clear Coat
- Two (
2 ) coats of Clear Coat will be applied over the Basecoat color. The Clear Coat is a two-component high solids urethane that provides superior gloss and durability to the exterior surfaces. Lap style and roll-up doors will be Clear Coated to match the body. Paint warranty for the roll-up doors will be provided by the roll-up door manufacturer.

After the cab and body are painted, the color will be verified to make sure that it matches the color standard. Electronic color measuring equipment will be used to compare the color sample to the color standard entered into the computer. Color specifications will be used to determine the color match. A Delta E reading will be used to determine a good color match within each family color.

All removable items such as brackets, compartment doors, door hinges, and trim will be removed and painted separately if required, to ensure paint behind all mounted items. Body assemblies that cannot be finish painted after assembly will be finish painted before assembly.

The paint finish quality levels for critical areas of the apparatus (cab front and sides, body sides and doors, and boom lettering panels) are to meet or exceed Cadillac/General Motors GMW
15777
global paint requirements. Orange peel levels are to meet or exceed the #6

A.C.T.standard in critical areas. The manufacture's written paint standards will be available upon request.

Environmental Impact
Contractor will meet or exceed all current state regulations concerning paint operations. Pollution control will include measures to protect the atmosphere, water and soil. Controls will include the following conditions:

Topcoats and primers will be chrome and lead free.

Metal treatment chemicals will be chrome free. The wastewater generated in the metal treatment process will be treated on-site to remove any other heavy metals.

Particulate emission collection from sanding operations will have a

99.99 percent efficiency
factor.

Particulate emissions from painting operations will be collected by a dry filter or water wash process. If the dry filter is used, it will have an efficiency rating of 98 percent. Water wash
systems will be

99.97 percent efficient
Water from water wash booths will be reused. Solids will be removed on a continual basis to keep the water clean.

Paint wastes are disposed of in an environmentally safe manner.

Empty metal paint containers will be recycled to recover the metal.

Solvents used in clean-up operations will be recycled on-site or sent off-site for distillation and returned for reuse.

Additionally, the finished apparatus will not be manufactured with or contain products that have ozone depleting substances. Contractor will, upon demand, present evidence that the manufacturing facility meets the above conditions and that it is in compliance with his state EPA rules and regulations.
0709566
Paint, Two-Tone Color, Enforcer

TWO-TONE CAB PAINT
The cab will be painted two-tone with the upper section painted #10
white
and the lower section
painted
Red
#143
(Match
23652
)
. There will be
a special two-tone cab paint break at the roof line
provided
.

There will be
no cab shield provided
.
63 943
Bid #:

0709845
Paint, Single Color, Body

BODY PAINT
The body will be
painted to match the lower section of the cab
.
0646901
Paint Chassis Frame Assy, With
Liner, E-Coat, Standard

PAINT CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY
The chassis frame assembly will be finished with
a single system black top coat
before the
installation of the cab and body, and before installation of the engine and transmission assembly, air brake lines, electrical wire harnesses, etc.

Components that are included with the chassis frame assembly that will be painted are:

Frame rails
Frame liners
Cross members
Axles
Suspensions
Steering gear
Battery boxes
Bumper extension weldment
Frame extensions
Body mounting angles
Rear Body support substructure (front and rear)
Pump house substructure
Air tanks
Steel fuel tank
Castings
Individual piece parts used in chassis and body assembly Components treated with epoxy E-coat protection prior to paint:

Two (
2 ) C-channel frame rails
Two (
2 ) frame liners
The E-coat process will meet the technical properties shown. 0693797
No Paint Required, Aluminum Front
Wheels

0693792
No Paint Required, Aluminum Rear
Wheels

0733739
Paint, Axle Hubs

AXLE HUB PAINT
All axle hubs will be painted
to match lower job color
.
0581434
Transit Coating, Carwell, Corrosion
Protection, Including Underside

TRANSIT COATING
All non-painted metal surfaces on the exterior of the vehicle will be sprayed with a corrosion protective coating provided by Carwell. The coating can be removed with soap and water.

The coating is made of a linseed oil base and is biodegradable.

The underside non-painted metal surfaces will also be coated with a corrosion protective coating. 0007230
Compartment, Painted, Spatter Gray

COMPARTMENT INTERIOR PAINT
The interior of all compartments will be painted with a gray spatter finish for ease of cleaning and to make it easier to touch up scratches and nicks.
0544111
Reflective Band, 10"

REFLECTIVE BAND
A

10.00 "
white
reflective band will be provided across the front of the vehicle and along the sides of the body.
0007356
Reflective across Cab Face

The reflective band provided on the cab face will be at the headlight level. 0536954
Stripe, Chevron, Rear, Diamond
Grade, Pumper

REAR CHEVRON STRIPING
There will be alternating chevron striping located on the rear-facing vertical surface of the apparatus. The rear surface, excluding the rear compartment door, will be covered.

The colors will be red and
fluorescent yellow green
diamond grade.

Each stripe will be

6.00 " in width.

This will meet the requirements of the current edition of NFPA 1901
, which states that
50%
of the
rear surface will be covered with chevron striping.
0515348
Stripe, Black Outline, Scotchlite on
Reflective Band

OUTLINE, REFLECTIVE STRIPE
A Black outline will be applied on the top and the bottom of the reflective band. There will be one
(
1 )
set of outline stripes required.
0087355
Stripe, Reflective, 6" Inside Compt
Door

REFLECTIVE STRIPE INSIDE COMPARTMENT DOOR
A

6.00 "
white
reflective stripe will be provided inside
four (
4 )
compartment doors.

D
1 , D
3 , P
1 and
P
3 .
64 943
Bid #:

0065687
Stripe, Reflective, Cab Doors Interior

CAB DOOR REFLECTIVE STRIPE
A

6.00 " x

16.00 "
white
reflective stripe will be provided across the interior of each cab door. The stripe will be located approximately

1.00 " up from the bottom, on the door panel.

This stripe will meet the NFPA
1901
requirement.
0528504
Stripe, Black Vinyl on Paint Break
(Cab)

STRIPE, CAB FACE
A black vinyl stripe will be provided on the paint break. 0027372
Lettering Specifications, (GOLD
STAR Process)

LETTERING
The lettering will be totally encapsulated between two ( 2 ) layers of clear vinyl.
0686434
Lettering, Gold Leaf, 3.00", (21-40)

LETTERING
Twenty-one (
21 ) to forty (
40 ) genuine gold leaf lettering,

3.00 " high, with
outline
will be provided.
0683997
Lettering, Vinyl, 18.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be non-reflective vinyl lettering,

18.00 " high, with
no outline or shade
provided. There
will be
five (
5 ) letters
provided.
0685985
Lettering, Reflective, 12.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering,

12.00 " high, with
outline and shade
provided. There will be
one
(
1 ) letter
provided.
0686007
Lettering, Reflective, 7.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering,

7.00 " high, with
outline and shade
provided. There will be
six (
6 )
letters
provided.
0686033
Lettering, Reflective, 4.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering,

4.00 " high, with
outline
provided. There will be
ten (
10 )
letters
provided.
0686215
Lettering, Gold Leaf, 8.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be genuine gold leaf lettering,

8.00 " high, with
outline and shade
provided. There will
be
14 letters
provided.
0686236
Lettering, Gold Leaf, 5.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be genuine gold leaf lettering,

5.00 " high, with
outline and shade
provided. There will
be
12 letters
provided.
0686288
Lettering, Gold Leaf, 3.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be genuine gold leaf lettering,

3.00 " high, with
outline
provided. There will be
nine (
9 )
letters
provided.
0684206
Emblem, Maltese Cross, Gold Leaf,
21"-23", Pair

MALTESE CROSS INSTALLATION
There will be
one (
1 )
pair of maltese crosses, comprised of genuine gold leaf material, provided and installed
one (
1 ) each side cab door per job
26350
.
0020371
SP
Emblem, Alameda, Pair
EMBLEM
There will be
one (
1 )
pair of emblems, number in a shield border approximately

9.00 " high x

9.00 "
wide, provided and installed
one (
1 ) on each crew cab door, design to match
26350
however the
unit number is to be "
2 "
. The emblems will be fabricated from gold leaf and paint. They will be encapsulated between two layers of clear vinyl. They will match their previous unit. 65 943
Bid #:

0772003
Manual, Fire Apparatus Parts, USB
Flash Drive, Custom

FIRE APPARATUS PARTS MANUAL
There will be
one (
1 )
custom parts manual(s) in USB flash drive format for the complete fire apparatus provided.

The manual(s) will contain the following:

Job number
Part numbers with full descriptions
Table of contents
Parts section sorted in functional groups reflecting a major system, component, or assembly Parts section sorted in alphabetical order
Instructions on how to locate parts
Each manual will be specifically written for the chassis and body model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies.

Service Parts Internet Site
The service parts information included in these manuals are also available on the Pierce website.

The website offers additional functions and features not contained in this manual, such as digital photographs and line drawings of select items. The website also features electronic search tools to assist in locating parts quickly.
0772037
Manual, Chassis Service, USB Flash
Drive, Custom

CHASSIS SERVICE MANUALS
There will be
one (
1 )
chassis service manuals on USB flash drives containing parts and service information on major components provided with the completed unit.

The manual will contain the following sections:

Job number
Table of contents
Troubleshooting
Front Axle/Suspension
Brakes
Engine
Tires
Wheels
Cab
Electrical, DC
Air Systems
Plumbing
Appendix
The manual will be specifically written for the chassis model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. 0773381
Manual, Chassis Operation, (1) USB
Flash Drive, Custom

CHASSIS OPERATION MANUAL
The chassis operation manual will be provided on one (
1 ) USB flash drive.
0030008
Warranty, Basic, 1 Year, Apparatus,
WA0008
ONE (
1 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
A Pierce basic apparatus limited warranty certificate, WA 0008
, is included with this proposal.
0696698
Warranty, Engine, Cummins, 5 Year,
WA0181

ENGINE WARRANTY
A Cummins
five (
5 ) year
limited engine warranty will be provided. A limited warranty certificate, WA
0181
, is included with this proposal.
0684952
Warranty, Steering Gear, TRW Ross
TAS, 1 Year WA0202

STEERING GEAR WARRANTY
A TRW
one (
1 ) year
limited steering gear warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package.
0596017
Warranty, Frame, 50 Year, Custom
Chassis, WA0013

FIFTY (
50 ) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom chassis frame limited warranty certificate, WA 0013
, is included with this
proposal.
0733309
Warranty, Axle, 5 Year, Meritor,
General Service, WA0384

FRONT AXLE FIVE (
5 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
A Meritor
™
Axle
5 year limited warranty will be provided.
0733306
Warranty, Single Axle, 5 Year,
Meritor, General Service, WA0384

SINGLE REAR AXLE FIVE (
5 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
A Meritor
™
Axle
5 year limited warranty will be provided.
0652758
Warranty, ABS Brake System, 3
Year, Meritor Wabco, WA0232

ABS BRAKE SYSTEM THREE (
3 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP

WARRANTY
A Meritor Wabco
™
ABS brake system limited warranty certificate, WA
0232
, is included with this
proposal.
0019914
Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Custom
Cab, WA0012
TEN (
10 ) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom cab limited warranty certificate, WA
0012
, is included with this proposal.
66 943
Bid #:

0744240
Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Cab, Pro-
Rate, WA0055
TEN (
10 ) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION
A Pierce cab limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA 0055
, is included with this proposal.
0524627
Warranty, Electronics, 5 Year, MUX,
WA0014
FIVE (
5 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce Command Zone electronics limited warranty certificate, WA 0014
, is included with this
proposal.
0695416
Warranty, Pierce Camera System,
WA0188

CAMERA SYSTEM WARRANTY
A Pierce fifty four (
54 ) month
warranty will be provided for the camera system
.
0647720
Warranty, Pierce LED Strip Lights,
WA0203

COMPARTMENT LIGHT WARRANTY
The Pierce
12 volt DC LED strip lights limited warranty certificate, WA 0203
, is included with this
proposal.
0046369
Warranty, 5-year EVS Transmission,
Standard Custom, WA0187

TRANSMISSION WARRANTY
The transmission will have a
five (
5 ) year/unlimited mileage
warranty covering
100
percent
parts and labor. The warranty will be provided by Allison Transmission.

Note: The transmission cooler is not covered under any extended warranty you may be getting on your Allison Transmission. Please review your Allison Transmission warranty for coverage limitations.
0685945
Warranty, Transmission Cooler,
WA0216

TRANSMISSION COOLER WARRANTY
The transmission cooler will carry a five (
5 ) year parts and labor warranty (exclusive to the
transmission cooler). In addition, a collateral damage warranty will also be in effect for the first three (
3 ) years of the warranty coverage and will not exceed
$10,000
per occurrence. A copy of
the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package. 0688798
Warranty, Water Tank, Lifetime, UPF,
Poly Tank, WA0195

WATER TANK WARRANTY
A UPF poly water tank limited warranty certificate, WA
0195
, is included with this proposal.
0596025
Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Body,
WA0009
TEN (
10 ) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce apparatus body limited warranty certificate, WA 0009
, is included with this proposal.
0690936
Warranty, Roll up Doors, Not
Required

0734463
Warranty, Pump, Waterous, 7 Year
Parts, WA0382

PUMP WARRANTY
The Waterous pump will be provided with a Seven (
7 ) year
material and workmanship limited
warranty.

A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package (no exception). 0648675
Warranty, 10 Year S/S Pumbing,
WA0035
TEN (
10 ) YEAR PUMP PLUMBING WARRANTY
The Pierce apparatus plumbing limited warranty certificate, WA 0035
, is included with this
proposal.
0641372
Warranty, Foam System, Not
Available
0595820
Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Body, Pro-
Rate, WA0057
TEN (
10 ) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION
A Pierce body limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA 0057
, is included with this proposal.
0595421
Warranty, Goldstar, 3 Year,
Apparatus, WA0018

THREE (
3 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce Goldstar gold leaf lamination limited warranty limited warranty certificate, WA 0018
, is
included with this proposal.
0683627
Certification, Vehicle Stability,
CD0156

VEHICLE STABILITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the apparatus complies with NFPA
1901
, current edition, section

4.13 , Vehicle Stability. The certification will be provided at the time of bid.
0808564
Certification, Engine Installation, Enf,
Cummins X15, 2027

ENGINE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification, along with a letter from the engine manufacturer stating they approve of the engine installation in the bidder's chassis. The certification will be provided at the time of delivery. 67 943
Bid #:

0686786
Certification, Power Steering,
CD0098

POWER STEERING CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the power steering system as installed meets the requirements of the component supplier. The certification will be provided at the time of bid.
0892691
Certification, Cab Integrity, Saber
FR/Enforcer, CD0189

CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a cab crash test certification with this proposal. The certification will state that a specimen representing the substantial structural configuration of the cab has been tested and certified by an independent third party test facility. Testing events will be documented with photographs, real-time and high-speed video, vehicle accelerometers, cart accelerometers, and a laser speed trap. The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a state licensed professional engineer to witness and certify all testing events. Testing will meet or exceed the requirements below:

SAE J
2422
Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - Quasi-Static Loading Heavy Trucks.

European Occupant Protection Standard ECE Regulation No. 29 .

SAE J
2420
COE Frontal Strength Evaluation - Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks.

Side Impact
The cab will be subjected to dynamic preload where a
14,320
-lb moving barrier is slammed into
the side of the cab at

5.50 mph, striking with an impact of
13,000
ft-lb of force. This test is part of
the SAE J
2422
test procedure and more closely represents the forces a cab will see in a rollover incident.

Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of
32,600
ft-lb of force using a moving barrier in
accordance with SAE J
2420
.

Additional Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of
65,098
ft-lb of force using a moving barrier.
(Twice the force required by SAE J
2420
)
Roof Crush
The cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of
22,500
lb. This value meets the ECE
29 criteria,
and is equivalent to the front axle rating up to a maximum of ten ( 10 ) metric tons.

Additional Roof Crush
The same cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 110,000
lbs. (Four and a half times the
load criteria of ECE
29 )
The same cab will withstand all tests without any measurable intrusion into the survival space of the occupant area.

There will be no exception to any portion of the cab integrity certification. Nonconformance will lead to immediate rejection of bid.
0631973
Certification, Cab Door Durability,
Saber FR/Enforcer, CD0137

CAB DOOR DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Robust cab doors help protect occupants. Cab doors will survive a 200,000
cycle door slam test
where the slamming force exceeds
20 G's of deceleration. The bidder will certify that the sample doors similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without structural damage, latch malfunction, or significant component wear. 0631978
Certification, Windshield Wiper
Durability, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0132

WINDSHIELD WIPER DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. Windshield wipers will survive a
3 million cycle durability test in accordance with section

6.2 of SAE J
198

Windshield
Wiper Systems - Trucks, Buses and Multipurpose Vehicles.

The bidder will certify that the wiper
system design has been tested and that the wiper system has met these criteria. 0631974
Certification, Electric Window
Durability, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0133

ELECTRIC WINDOW DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Cab window roll-up systems can cause maintenance problems if not designed for long service life. The window regulator design will complete
30,000
complete up-down cycles and still function
normally when finished. The bidder will certify that sample doors and windows similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without malfunction or significant component wear.
0631977
Certification, Seat Belt Anchors and
Mounting, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0134

SEAT BELT ANCHOR STRENGTH
Seat belt attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat belt anchor design will withstand 3000
lb of pull on both
the lap and shoulder belt in accordance with FMVSS
571.210
Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages.

The bidder will certify that each anchor design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.

SEAT MOUNTING STRENGTH
Seat attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat mounting design will be tested to withstand 20 G's of force in
accordance with FMVSS
571.207
Seating Systems. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that each seat mount and cab structure design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.
68 943
Bid #:

0735949
Certification, Cab HVAC System
Performance, SFR/Enf,
CD0165/CD0167/CD0174/CD0175

PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATIONS
Cab Air Conditioning
Good cab air conditioning temperature and air flow performance keeps occupants comfortable, reduces humidity, and provides a climate for recuperation while at the scene. The cab air conditioning system will cool the cab from a heat-soaked condition at 100
degrees Fahrenheit to
an average of
78 degrees Fahrenheit in
30 minutes. The bidder will certify that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.

Cab Defroster
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. The defroster system will clear the required windshield zones in accordance with SAE J 381
Windshield
Defrosting Systems Test Procedure And Performance Requirements - Trucks, Buses, And Multipurpose Vehicles.

The bidder will certify that the defrost system design has been tested in a cold chamber and passes the SAE J
381
criteria.

Cab Auxiliary Heater
Good cab heat performance and regulation provides a more effective working environment for personnel, whether in-transit, or at a scene. An auxiliary cab heater will warm the cab 77 degrees
Fahrenheit from a cold-soak, within
30 minutes when tested using the coolant supply methods found in SAE J
381
. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.
0545073
Amp Draw Report, NFPA Current
Edition

AMP DRAW REPORT
The bidder will provide, at the time of bid and delivery, an itemized print out of the expected amp draw of the entire vehicle's electrical system.

The manufacturer of the apparatus will provide the following:

Documentation of the electrical system performance tests.

A written load analysis, which will include the following:

The nameplate rating of the alternator.

The alternator rating under the conditions specified per:

Applicable NFPA
1901
or
1906
(Current Edition).

The minimum continuous load of each component that is specified per:

Applicable NFPA
1901
or
1906
(Current Edition).

Additional loads that, when added to the minimum continuous load, determine the total connected load.

Each individual intermittent load.

All of the above listed items will be provided by the bidder per the applicable NFPA 1901
or
1906

(Current Edition).
0002758
Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio
Allowance

0799248
Appleton/Florida BTO

0000018
PUMPER, 2ND GEN

0000012

PIERCE CHASSIS
0004713

ENGINE, OTHER
0046396
EVS 4000 Series TRANSMISSION
0020011

WATEROUS PUMP

0020009

POLY TANK

0028047

NO FOAM SYSTEM

0020006

SIDE CONTROL
0020007

AKRON VALVES

0020015

ABS SYSTEM

0658751

PUMPER BASE

69 943
Bid #:

70 943
Bid #:

Option
Description
Type*
Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0001244
High Idle w/Electronic Engine, Custom

0.00 1.20

0.00 0010670
ABS Wabco Brake System, Single rear axle

0.00 6.00

0.00 0015215
Reel, Booster, Over Pump, Right Side, Steel

0.00 36.00

0.00 0024543
Primer, Hale, ESP Motor, (1) PVG Valve, (1) T-Handle Control, For An Other Pump

0.00 275.00

0.00 0032189
Mirrors, Ramco, 8000PCHR, Heated/Remote, w/Heated/Remote Convex, Door Mount

0.00 0.00

8.00 0069390
Control, Air Horn At Pmp Pnl, Red Button

0.00 0.16

0.00 0079211
Batteries, (6) Stryten/Exide Grp 31, 950 CCA each, Threaded Stud

0.00 3.00

0.00 0543751
Light, Do Not Move Apparatus

0.00 0.80

0.00 0547318
Wiring, Spare, 10 A 12V DC, Switch Feature 1st

0.00 0.00

10.00 0548001
Wiring, Spare, 10 A 12V DC 2nd

0.00 0.00

10.00 0548004
Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 1st

0.00 0.00

75.00 0549333
Indicators, Engine, Included with Pressure Controller

0.00 0.35

0.00 0549393
Handlts, (4) Streamlight, Survivor C4 LED, 12v, Orange, 90509 Fast Charge

0.00 0.50

0.00 0550452
Lights, Side Scene, Zico ZQL-SS-LED, Stainless 1st

0.00 0.00

1.00 0578480
Buzzer, Warning - Rear Step to Cab, Left Side, Smooth Aluminum Door

0.00 0.01

0.00 0583824
Light, Pump Compt, Wln 3SC0CDCR LED White

0.00 0.36

0.00 0583938
Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto Sw, Wln 3SC0CDCR, 3" LED, Trim

0.00 0.30

0.00 0589905
Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO 1040

0.00 0.50

0.00 0606463
Light, Hose Bed, Amdor AY-9750-020 LED, 20"

0.00 0.00

1.56 0630636
Controls, Electric Roll-Up Windows, 4dr, 4 Driver Controls, Saber FR/Enforcer

0.00 26.00

0.00 0639727
Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, Manual Override, Saber FR/Enforcer

0.00 180.00

0.00 0649587
Light, Map, Federal Littlite, LED, Gooseneck

0.00 0.00

0.10 0687994
Engine Brake, Jacobs Compression Brake, Cummins Engine

0.00 0.42

0.00 0738110
Lights, Rear Scene, Wln, PCPSM1* Pioneer LED Fld/Spt, Surface Mount

0.00 0.00

6.00 0740407
Lights, Rear, Wln M6** LED, Features 1st

0.00 2.70

1.80 0748793
Lights, Wln, S44M** 44" 12VDC, RS Body

0.00 0.00

10.80 0748795
Lights, Wln, S44M** 44" 12VDC, LS Body

0.00 0.00

10.80 0768059
Lights, Wln, PCPSM2* Pioneer, 12 VDC, 2nd

0.00 0.00

12.00 0768061
Lights, Wln, PCPSM2* Pioneer, 12 VDC, 1st

0.00 0.00

12.00 0774336
Lights, Wln, P*H1* Pioneer, 12 VDC, 1st

0.00 0.00

6.50 0774457
Handlight, Streamlight, Vulcan 180, 44315, 12v, Orange

0.00 2.00

0.00 0803875
Radio, AM/FM/WB, Jensen, Frt,Rear Aux In/Frt,Rear
USB/Bluetooth

0.00 0.00

2.00 0804659
Lights, Cornering/Scene, Wln M62BU, 1st

0.00 3.20

0.00 0806466
Lights, Backup, Wln M62BU, LED, For Tail Lt Housing

0.00 3.20

0.00 0811745
Intercom, David Clark, 7-Pos, 3-Radio, (D, O, RPTT, P), 4obC, 3805

0.00 0.00

0.50 0816158
Camera, Pierce, LS Mux, RS, LS, R, Cameras, AHD

0.00 1.20

0.00 0895310
Siren, Federal Q2B

0.00 100.00

0.00 0895709
Lights, Door Interior Flash, 4 Dr Cab, Wln 0S*00FCR

0.00 0.24

0.00 0722038
HVAC, Enforcer, w/X15, CARE
Load Managed

0.00 0.00
100.00
0002758
Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio Allowance
NFPA

5.00 0.00

0.00 0063623
RS 152" Lap, Low, FDLER
NFPA

1.80 0.00

1.80 0088745
Light, Rear Zone Up, Wln L31HRFN LED Beacon, Red LED
NFPA

3.20 4.80

0.00 0092582
Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX
NFPA

0.56 0.56

0.00 0098470
Compt, Flush Rear, Rollup, 30.75" FF, 25.88" D
NFPA

0.90 0.00

0.90 0522730
Light, Over Passenger Side Pump Panel, P25 LED Stp Lt
NFPA

0.50 0.00

0.00 0540384
Lights, Front Zone, Wln M6*C LED, Clear Lens, in Common Bzl NFPA

1.80 2.70

0.00 0549924
Siren, Federal PA300-012MSC 690010, Hi-Lo Tone, 200 Watt NFPA

1.56 14.06

0.00 * UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 1 Electrical Analysis
9/18/2023
Bid #:
943
Enforcer Pumper (32136 Duplicate)
Sales Rep:

Organization:

Klockzien, Dave
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer:

ALAMEDA CITY FIRE DEPARTMENT
Option:

Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control
System, Enforcer, WiFi CZT
Type:

Multiplexed

Option
Description
Type*
Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0556360
Lights, Step, P25 LED 4lts, Pump Pnl Sw
NFPA

1.00 0.00

0.00 0564654
Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*, Colored Lens, For Tail Light Housing
NFPA

1.80 2.70

0.00 0564941
Controller, Pressure, FRC, Pump Boss, PBA200
NFPA

1.80 0.00

0.00 0586382
Gauges, Engine, Included With Pressure Controller
NFPA

0.30 0.00

0.00 0587034
Air Dryer, Bendix, AD-IP w/Heat, 2010
NFPA

4.70 0.00

0.00 0602884
Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-V, 81",
RAlyRRRWsrR_Opt_RsrWRRRAlyR
NFPA

9.60 4.18

9.92 0603606
Cab Instruments, Ivory Gauges, Chrome Bezels, Enf MUX
NFPA

1.26 0.00

0.00 0605126
Pump Shift, Air Mnl Override, Split Shaft, Interlocked, Waterous NFPA

1.00 0.00

0.00 0605598
Lightbars, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 2-21.5", RRRRR RRRRR
NFPA

6.48 0.00

9.76 0625650
Cab, Enforcer, 7000
NFPA

6.80 10.20

0.00 0627282
Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear, FRP LED Bar & P25 LED 4Lts NFPA

1.75 0.00

0.00 0635052
Lights, Hose Bed, Cover, Dual Amdor AY-9750-20 LED Light Strips 4lts, High
NFPA

3.40 0.00

0.00 0647632
Lights, Dome, Wln 60C*EGCS Dual LED 4 Lts
NFPA

3.00 3.00

0.00 0647899
Lights, Directional/Marker, Cab Front Side, Weldon 9186-8580-29 LED, Sab/Enf
NFPA

0.80 0.00

0.00 0656224
Light Shield/Step 8", S/S Undr Crs, LED w/P25 LED Step Light NFPA

5.00 0.00

0.00 0658192
LS 152" Lap, Full Height Front & Rear, FDLER, Double Door Over Wheel
NFPA

4.50 0.00

4.50 0661706
Lighting, Pierce, LED Strip Light, 63", Cargo Area, Pmp Pnl Sw NFPA

0.40 0.00

0.00 0662965
DEF Tank, 4.5 Gallon, DS Fill, Rear of Axle, Common Air Bottle Door
NFPA

0.60 11.40

0.00 0729921
Light, Roof Mt, Wln S72M**, 72" Cnt Feature, SUBKT* Mounts, Mkr Lts Activated
NFPA

0.32 0.00

18.68 0736083
Lights, Clearance/Marker, Side, P25 LED 2 Lts, Others With Visor Lt
NFPA

0.49 0.00

0.00 0739224
Indicator Light @ Pump Panel, Throttle Ready, Incl w/Pressure Gov/Throttle,Green
NFPA

0.10 0.00

0.00 0745568
Indicator Light, Pump Panel, Ok To Pump, Green
NFPA

0.10 0.00

0.00 0746667
Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M6**, M6**, 4Lts
NFPA

3.60 5.40

0.00 0750438
Water Level Gauge, Wln PSTANK2, LED 1-Light, 4-Level
NFPA

0.80 0.00

0.00 0757359
Gauge, Water Level, Class 1, Remote Module Driver
NFPA

1.23 0.00

0.00 0762435
Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TAL85, 46.87" Long LED, Lens Feature
NFPA

2.52 2.52

0.00 0769420
Lights, Perimeter Cab, Amdor AY-LB-12HW020 LED 4Dr
NFPA

1.20 0.00

0.00 0769572
Lights, Perimeter Pump House, Amdor AY-LB-12HW020 LED 2lts NFPA

0.58 0.00

0.00 0770056
Lights, Perimeter Body, Amdor AY-LB-12HW020 LED 2lts, Rear Step
NFPA

0.60 0.00

0.00 0783153
Headlights, Rect LED, JW Spkr Evo 2, AXT/DCF/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel NFPA

4.20 4.20

0.00 0801890
Trans, Allison 6th Gen, 4500 EVS P, w/Prognostics, Imp/Vel/Enf NFPA

2.00 2.00

0.00 0804514
Lights, Tail, Wln M62BTT* Red Stop/Tail & M62T* Amber Dir Arw For Hsg
NFPA

0.83 2.49

0.00 0804681
Light, Directional, Wln 604T* Common Bzl, Above
Headlts,Sab/Enf
NFPA

0.02 0.02

0.00 0808497
Engine, Cummins X15, 565 hp, 1850 lb-ft, W/OBD, EPA 2027, Enforcer
NFPA

6.00 0.00

0.00 0814201
Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color Display, Touchscreen, MUX, CL714
NFPA

1.20 0.00

0.00 0816689
Cabinet, Forward Facing, Center, 38.50 W x 40 H x 16.25 D, Web, SFR/Enf
NFPA

0.40 0.40

0.00 0816695
Compt, Transverse Crew Cab, Dbl Pan, 8" Rec Tube, 70" SFR/Enf NFPA

0.65 0.65

0.00 0816728
Drug Locker, Knox, MedVault Mini, 5230S3*, Surface Mounted NFPA

1.50 1.50

0.00 0889368
Handrails, Beavertail, Hansen Tubing, Knurled Aluminum, LED Backlit, Offset
NFPA

1.00 1.00

2.00 0889577
Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25 LED, Stainless Brkt NFPA

0.07 0.00

0.00 0892638
Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps, P25, LED w/Bezel, 6lts
NFPA

1.00 0.00

0.00 0892649
ClearSky Telematics for Remote Fleet and On-scene
Management
NFPA

1.61 0.00

0.00 0892704
Lights, Walk Surf, 8-P25 LED, Hose Bed Cover, Overall Height Restrictions
NFPA

0.07 0.00

0.00 0647728
Alternator, 430 amp, Delco Remy 55SI
S

0.00 0.00

0.00 Load Totals:
101.60
716.92
315.62
* UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 2 Electrical Analysis
9/18/2023
Bid #:
943
Enforcer Pumper (32136 Duplicate)
Sales Rep:

Organization:

Klockzien, Dave
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer:

ALAMEDA CITY FIRE DEPARTMENT
Option:

Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control
System, Enforcer, WiFi CZT
Type:

Multiplexed

Minimum Continuous Load
Supply:
253.00
Demand:
101.60
Variance:
151.40
Total Connected Load
Supply:
369.00
Demand:
317.22
Variance:

51.78 Note: Minimum Continous Load is in "Blocking Right of Way" mode.(Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Intermittent Load items are not factored in on any alternator load comparisons. These items are included on the report for reference only and should be looked at as amp draw exclusion items. (Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Total Connected Load "Demand" represents Total Connected Load minus any Load Managed items 253.00
369.00
Alternator Output at Idle:

Alternator Output at Governed Speed:
* UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 3 Electrical Analysis
9/18/2023
Bid #:
943
Enforcer Pumper (32136 Duplicate)
Sales Rep:

Organization:

Klockzien, Dave
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer:

ALAMEDA CITY FIRE DEPARTMENT
Option:

Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control
System, Enforcer, WiFi CZT
Type:

Multiplexed

Turning Performance Analysis
Bid Number:
943
Chassis:

Enforcer Chassis
Department:

ALAMEDA CITY FIRE DEPARTMENT
Body:

Pumper, Medium, Aluminum, 2nd Gen
Parameters:
*Inside Cramp Angle:
50°
Axle Track:

85.86 in.

Wheel Offset:

4.68 in.

Tread Width:

16.3 in.

Chassis Overhang:

65.95 in.

Additional Bumper Depth:
13 in.

Front Overhang:

78.95 in.

Wheelbase:
187.5 in.

Calculated Turning Radii:

Inside Turn:
12 ft. 0 in.

Curb to curb:
26 ft. 8 in.

Wall to wall:
30 ft. 10 in.

Notes:
*Actual Inside cramp angle may be less than shown.

Curb to Curb turning radius calculated for 9.00 inch curb. 09/18/2023
Category
Option
Description
Axle, Front, Custom
0728338
Axle, Front, Meritor FL-943, 21,500 lb, Enforcer
Bumpers
0816701
Bumper, 13" Extended, Polished S/S, ENF
Wheels, Front
0019611
Wheels, Front, Alcoa, 22.50" x 12.25", Aluminum, Hub Pilot Tires, Front
0899438
Tires, Front, Goodyear, Armor MAX MSA, 425/65R22.50, 20 ply

Definitions:

Inside CrampAngle
Maximum turning angle of the front inside fire.

Axle Track
King-pin to King-pin distance of front axle.

Wheel Offset
Offset from the center line of the wheel to the King-pin.

Tread Width
Width of the tire tread.

Chassis Overhang
Distance of the center line of the front axle to the front edge of the cab. This does not include the bumper depth.

Additional Bumper Wheel
Depth that the bumper assembly adds to the front overhang.

Wheelbase
Distance between the center lines of the vehicles front and rear axles.

Inside Turning Radius
Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle can turn.

Curb to Curb Turning Radius
Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures assumes a curb height of 9 inches.

Wall to Wall Turning Radius
Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures takes into account any front overhang due to chassis , bumper extensions and or aerial devices.

JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

PRODUCT

WARRANTIES
Exhibit “C”
4 Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0008

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

No specific exclusions apply
Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

One (1) Year Material and Workmanship
Basic Apparatus
Twelve (12) months.Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date the apparatus is placed in service, or 60 days from the original buyer invoice date, whichever comes first.Warranty Begins:

Portions of the apparatus manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Cummins Warranty
Worldwide
Fire Apparatus/Crash Trucks
Coverage
Products Warranted
This Warranty applies to new diesel Engines sold by
Cummins and delivered to the first user on or after
April 1, 2007, that are used in fire apparatus truck and crash truck* applications Worldwide.

Base Engine Warranty
The Base Engine Warranty covers any failures of the
Engine which result, under normal use and service,
from a defect in material or factory workmanship
(Warrantable Failure). This Coverage begins with the
sale of the Engine by Cummins and ends five years or
100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers), whichever occurs
first, after the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user .

Engine aftertreatment components included in the
Cummins Critical Parts List (CPL) and marked with a
Cummins part number are covered under Base Engine
Warranty.

Additional Coverage is outlined in the Emission
Warranty section.

These Warranties are made to all Owners in the
chain of distribution and Coverage continues to all
subsequent Owners until the end of the periods of
Coverage.

Cummins
Responsibilities
Cummins will pay for all parts and labor needed to
repair the damage to the Engine resulting from a
Warrantable Failure.

Cummins will pay for the lubricating oil, antifreeze,
filter elements, belts, hoses and other maintenance
items that are not reusable due to the Warrantable
Failure.

Cummins will pay for reasonable labor costs for
Engine removal and reinstallation when necessary to
repair a Warrantable Failure.

Cummins will pay reasonable costs for towing a
vehicle disabled by a Warrantable Failure to the
nearest authorized repair location. In lieu of the towing expense, Cummins will pay reasonable costs for
mechanics to travel to and from the location of the
vehicle, including meals, mileage and lodging when
the repair is performed at the site of the failure.

Owner
Responsibilities
Owner is responsible for the operation and
maintenance of the Engine as specified in Cummins
Operation and Maintenance Manuals. Owner is also
responsible for providing proof that all recommended
maintenance has been performed.

Before the expiration of the applicable Warranty,
Owner must notify a Cummins distributor ,authorized
dealer or other repair location approved by Cummins
of any Warrantable Failure and make the Engine
available for repair by such facility. Except for Engines disabled by a Warrantable Failure, Owner must also
deliver the Engine to the repair facility.

Service locations are listed on the Cummins Worldwide
Service Locator at cummins.com.

Owner is responsible for the cost of lubricating oil,
antifreeze, filter elements and other maintenance items provided during Warranty repairs unless such items
are not reusable due to the Warrantable Failure.

Owner is responsible for communication expenses,
meals, lodging and similar costs incurred as a result of a Warrantable Failure.

Owner is responsible for non-Engine repairs and for
‘‘downtime’’expenses, cargo damage, fines, all
applicable taxes, all business costs and other losses
resulting from a Warrantable Failure.

Owner is responsible for a $100 (U.S. Dollars)
deductible per each service visit under this plan in the 3rd, 4th and 5th years of Base Engine Warranty. The
deductible will not be charged during the first 2 years of the Base Engine Warranty.

Limitations
Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage
resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse
or neglect, including, but not limited to: operation
without adequate coolants or lubricants; overfueling;
overspeeding; lack of maintenance of lubricating,
cooling or intake systems; improper storage, starting,
warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices; unauthorized
modifications of the Engine.

Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment
could negatively effect emissions certification and void Warranty.

Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by
incorrect oil, fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water , dirt or other contaminants in the fuel, oil or diesel
exhaust fluid.

This Warranty does not apply to accessories supplied
by Cummins which bear the name of another
company. Such non-warranted accessories include, but
are not limited to: alternators, starters, fans, air
conditioning compressors, clutches, filters,
transmissions, torque converters, vacuum pumps,
power steering pumps, fan drives and air compressors.

Cummins branded alternators and starters are covered
for the first two years from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user ,or the expiration of the Base Engine Warranty, whichever occurs first.

Failures resulting in excessive oil consumption are not covered beyond the duration of the Coverage or
100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers) or 7,000 hours from
the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user ,
whichever of the three occurs first. Before a claim for excessive oil consumption will be considered, Owner
must submit adequate documentation to show that
consumption exceeds Cummins published standards.

Failures of belts and hoses supplied by Cummins are
not covered beyond the first year from the date of
delivery of the Engine to the first user or the duration of the Warranty, whichever occurs first.

Parts used to repair a Warrantable Failure may be new
Cummins parts, Cummins approved rebuilt parts or
repaired parts. Cummins is not responsible for failures resulting from the use of parts not approved by
Cummins.

A new Cummins or Cummins approved rebuilt part
used to repair a Warrantable Failure assumes the
identity of the part it replaced and is entitled to the remaining Coverage hereunder .

Cummins Inc. reserves the right to interrogate
Electronic Control Module (ECM) data for purposes of
failure analysis.

CUMMINS DOES NOT COVER WEAR OR WEAROUT
OF COVERED PARTS.

CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.

THIS W ARRANTYAND THE EMISSION W ARRANTY

SET FORTH HEREINAFTER ARE THE SOLE

W ARRANTIESMADE BY CUMMINS IN REGARD TO
THESE ENGINES. CUMMINS MAKES NO OTHER

W ARRANTIES,EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OR OF

MERCHANT ABILITYOR FITNESS FOR A
P ARTICULARPURPOSE.

This Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you
may also have other rights which vary from state to
state.

Emission
Warranty
Products Warranted
This Emission Warranty applies to new Engines
marketed by Cummins that are used in the United
States** in vehicles designed for transporting persons
or property on a street or highway. This Warranty
applies to Engines delivered to the first user on or after September 1, 1992.

Coverage
Cummins warrants to the first user and each
subsequent purchaser that the Engine is designed,
built and equipped so as to conform at the time of sale by Cummins with all U.S. federal emission regulations
applicable at the time of manufacture and that it is free from defects in material or factory workmanship which
would cause it not to meet these regulations within the longer of the following periods: (A) Five years or
100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers) of operation,
whichever occurs first, as measured from the date of
delivery of the Engine to the first user or (B) The Base Engine Warranty.

If the vehicle in which the Engine is installed is
registered in the state of California, a separate
California Emission Warranty also applies.

Limitations
Failures, other than those resulting from defects in
material or factory workmanship, are not covered by
this Warranty.

Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage
resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse
or neglect, including, but not limited to: operation
without adequate coolants or lubricants; overfueling;
overspeeding; lack of maintenance of lubricating,
cooling or intake systems; improper storage, starting,
warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices; unauthorized
modifications of the Engine.

Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment
could negatively effect emissions certification and void Warranty.

Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by
incorrect oil, fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water , dirt or other contaminants in the fuel, oil or diesel
exhaust fluid.

Cummins is not responsible for non-Engine repairs,
‘‘downtime’’expenses, cargo damage, fines, all
applicable taxes, all business costs or other losses
resulting from a Warrantable Failure.

Cummins Inc.

Box 3005
Columbus, IN 47202-3005
U.S.A.

CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.
* Airport operated crash trucks and fire department
operated trucks employed to respond to fires,
hazardous material releases, rescue and other
emergency-type situations.
** United States includes American Samoa, the
Commonwealth of Northern Mariana Islands, Guam,
Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands.

Cummins Inc.

Box 3005
Columbus, IN 47202-3005
U.S.A.

Bulletin 3381161
Printed in U.S.A. Rev. 08/09
/H230052001 Cummins Inc.

TRW COMMERCIAL STEERING SYSTEMS
800 HEATH STREET
LAFAYETTE, INDIANA 47904

PRODUCT WPRODUCT WPRODUCT WPRODUCT WPRODUCT W ARRANTYARRANTYARRANTYARRANTYARRANTY I. WARRANTY : The Commercial Steering Systems group of TRW, Inc., hereinafter referred to as “CSS”, warrants that each new product supplied by CSS to its customer, when properly installed, used and maintained, shall be free from defect in material an d workmanship for the period specified below:
(A) CSS Product installed in New On-highway Motor Vehicle:

Within twelve (12) months after date of delivery of such vehicle to the original retail purchaser, or before such vehicle has b een driven one hundred thousand (100,000) miles, whichever event shall first occur. (B) CSS Product installed in New Agricultural, Turf, Industrial, or Construction Vehicles and Related Equipment :

Within twelve (12) months after date of delivery of such vehicle/equipment to the original retail purchaser or before such vehicle/equipment has been operated for two thousand (2000) hours or fifty thousand (50,000) miles, whichever occurs first. (C) CSS Product installed in New End Product, Not Specifically Mentioned in Classifications (A) or (B) Above and All Other Off-Highway/Severe Applications :

Within six (6) months after date of delivery of the original equipment manufacturer’s end product to the original retail purcha ser.

II. REMEDY : Customer’s sole remedy under the foregoing warranty is limited to correction by means of repair, replacement or issuance of credit, at the option of CSS, of any product which is:
(A) Returned to CSS within the specified warranty time period, with prior notice to, and the written consent of, CSS, with transportation and handling charges prepaid, together with a statement describing the alleged defect, the part number, model number and application, and mileage or hours of use of such product; and (B) Upon examination, determined by CSS not to conform to the warranty.

III. Any product which is repaired or replaced under this warranty will be returned to customer prepaid. Disposition of any product determined not to be covered by this warranty will be at the customer’s expense.

IV. CSS will not be liable for any repairs, replacements, or adjustments to any product or any cost of labor performed by or at the request of customer without the express prior written consent of CSS.

V. EXCEPTIONS : The provision of this warranty shall not apply to any CSS product which is used for a purpose for which it is not designed, or which shall have been repaired or altered in any way, or which has been subject to misuse, negligence or accident, neglect of normal maintenance services, so as, in the judgement of CSS to adversely affect its performance and reliability. In no case will the CSS warranty exceed the standard published warranty of its customer in terms of time and/or distance. In all events, the CSS warranty will expire thirty (30) months after the date of manufacture as stamped on the Product. In the case of hydraulic equi pment, operation with unapproved fluid or temperatures voids this warranty.

VI. EXCLUSION OF ALL OTHER REMEDIES AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY : Customer’s sole and exclusive remedy under the foregoing warranty shall be for the repair, replacement or issuance of credit with respect to a defective product, as set forth and described above. Other provisions hereof notwithstanding, CSS shall not be liable to Customer, or any successor in interest, beneficiary or assignee of Customer, based upon any claim against CSS, whether in contract, warranty, negligence, strict liabil ity, indemnity or otherwise, for any special, consequential, incidental or other damages relating in any way to the design, manufact ure, sale, installation or other use of any product purchased from CSS.

VII. EXCLUSION OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES: THE FOREGOING WARRANTY IS THE EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY BY CSS AND IS

IN LIEU OF AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS, WHETHER ORAL, WRITTEN, EX-

PRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

TRW COMMERCIAL STEERING SYSTEMS
Revised November 2001
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0013

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Lifetime Fifty (50) Year Structural Integrity
Custom Chassis Frame
Fifty (50) Years
(Expected Life of Apparatus)
Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

Custom chassis frame rail manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

SUPPLIER
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The Meritor axle shall be covered by Meritor as indicated in the attached Meritor warranty coverage description

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the purchaser who first puts the product in service ("Buyer"):
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

The exclusions listed in the attached Meritor warranty
description shall apply.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.

Five (5) YearsWarranty Period
Ends After:

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 6/29/2020 WA0384
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

MERITOR
®

COMMERCIAL

VEHICLE SYSTEMS
WARRANTY/MODEL YEAR 2020 VEHICLES
Advantage Program
Purchasing additional coverage on select components will continue to safeguard your investment against major repair costs after the initial base coverage expires. You can find out more about the Advantage Program by visiting www.meritor.com or by contacting Meritor at 866-OnTrac1 (866-668-7221).
2 Linehaul ............................................................................................................. 3-4 General Service ................................................................................................... 5-6 Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle .......................................................................... 7-8 Fire and Emergency ................................................................................................ 9 Transit Bus ........................................................................................................... 10 Off-Highway Service .............................................................................................. 11 Terms and Conditions ............................................................................................ 12 How to Read Warranty Coverage
Number of Years Mileage (in thousands)
Unl=Unlimited
P=Parts Only
P&L=Parts & Labor
Notice:

Models or components that are approved for use by Meritor’s vocational guidelines contained in Meritor Publication TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, which are not specifically listed, are warranted for one year, unlimited miles, parts only (1/Unl/P).

Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited miles parts only (1/Unl/P).

Effective Model Year 2020 Vehicles

WARRANTY INFORMATION CONTENTS

n Bulk Hauler
n Chip Hauler (Truck)*
n Doubles
n Flatbed
n General Freight
n Grain Hauler
n Livestock Hauler
n Moving Van
n Pipe Hauler
n Refrigerated Freight
n Tanker
n Triples
FD-965
FF-941
FF-942
FF-943
FF-944
FF-961
FF-966
FF-967
FG-941
FG-943
MFS-10-122A
MFS-10-143A-N
MFS-10-144A-N
MFS-12-122A-N
MFS-12-122B-N
MFS-12-122C-N
MFS-12E-122A-N
MFS-12E-122B-N
MFS-12E-122C-N
MFS-12-124A-N
MFS-12-132B-N
MFS-12-132C-N
MFS-12E-132B-N
MFS-12E-132C-N
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12E-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-13-122A-N
MFS-13-122B-N
MFS-13-122C-N
MFS-13-132B-N
MFS-13-132C-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-13B-122B-N
MFS-13B-122C-N
MFS-13B-132B-N
MFS-13B-132C-N
MFS-14-122A-N
MFS-14-124A-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-14-144A-N
n High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year)
n Well maintained major highways of concrete or
asphalt construction
n Greater than 30 miles between starting and stopping
Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. * Chip Hauler vehicles require specific axle models listed below and Linehaul condition to be eligible for Linehaul warranty consideration.

Linehaul Vehicles
Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/750/P&L
Linehaul Typically Is
RPL 5/500/P , 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 3/350/P , 1/Unl/P&L
155N 1/Unl/P
92N 1/Unl/P
Drivelines
RS-19-144/145/A
MS-19-14X
MS-21-144
RS-21-145
RS-21-160
MS-23-17X
RS-23-160
RS-23-161
RS-23-186
Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/750/P&L
1 These models required for Chip Hauler and Linehaul warranty consideration. 2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

RT-34-144/P/A
RT-40-145/A
RT-40-160/P 1,2
RT-46-160/P 1,2
RT-46-164EH/P 1,2
RT-50-160/P 1,2
MA-40-165
MA-40-175
MT-34-14X/P
MT-40-14T/P
MT-40-14X/P
MT-40-14X/P
MT-40-14XHE
MT-40-144/P
MT-40-943
MT-40-943-SP
RZ-166 2
RZ-188
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 5/750/P&L

LINEHAUL WARRANTY INFORMATION
3 Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Q+ Drum Brake™ 5/500/P , 1/Unl/P&L
ASA 5/500/P , 1/Unl/P&L
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
STEELite X30 Drum Brake™ 2 12-Years or Wearable Life/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake™ 5/500/P , 1/Unl/L
EX+ Air Disc Brake Extended Standard Warranty 3 5/500/P&L 1 Includes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA lubrication and wear coverage of 3/500/P&L.
2 Based on stamped wear diameter max.
3 Applies only to MA761 friction material code CD brake assembly i.e.

EX225LXXXCDXXX
MPA38/40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram) 1
Major Structural Components 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Curbing Damage Warranty 2 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Air Springs 2/200/P , 1/100/L
Bushings 5/P , 3/L
PinLoc Air Controls 1/100/P&L
PinLoc Actuator 3/300/P&L
MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram)
Major Structural Components 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Air Springs 2/200/P , 1/100/L
Bushings 5/P , 3/L
MTA (Trailing Arm)
Major Structural Components 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Air Springs & Rebound Straps 2/200/P , 1/100/L
Bushings 5/500/P , 3/300/L
1 Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl/P&L when torqued by Meritor (For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) 2 “Curbing damage” is defined as deformation (bending, buckling, or breakage), caused by sudden impact with a curb or similar fixed object. Damage to the RideSentry slider box (the suspension sliding subframe, consisting of the frame rails, crossmembers, and central A-frame assembly), caused by accidental trailer impact with a curb or similar fixed object, is eligible for warranty coverage.

TQ, TQD, TR, TRD Beam and Brackets 5/750/P&L
1 For brake components and ABS Coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.

MTIS Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Beam and Brackets 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Wheel End Systems 1
Standard System 2 1/100/P&L
PreSet by Meritor 3 5/500/P&L
AxlePak5 4 5P/L
AxlePak7 5 7P/L
1 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 2 When installed by Meritor.
3 Requires approved hubcap stating PreSet by Meritor on hubcap face. 4 When specified with AxlePak5 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L.
5 When specified with AxlePak7 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 7/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L.
(For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.)
Brake Components Trailer Air Suspension Systems
TAG/Pusher Axles1
Meritor Tire Inflation System
Trailer Axles
4 LINEHAUL WARRANTY INFORMATION

n Auto Hauler
n Beverage Truck
n Chip Hauler
n Cross Country Coach
n Flatbed
n Front Engine Commercial Chassis
n Front Engine Integral Coach
n General Freight
n Intercity Coach
n Intermodal Chassis
n Livestock Hauler
n Meat Packer
n Moving Van
n Municipal Truck
n Newspaper Delivery
n Pick-Up and Delivery
n Pipe Hauler
n Platform Auto Hauler
n Rear Engine Integral Coach
n Recreational Vehicles
n Refrigerated Freight
n School Bus
n Stake Truck
n Tanker
n Tanker Trailer
n Tour Bus
n Wrecker
FD-965
FF-941
FF-942
FF-943
FF-944
FF-946
FF-961
FF-966
FF-967
FG-941
FH-941
FH-946 1
FL-941
FL-943
MFS-6-151A-N
MFS-6-153B-N
MFS-6-162B-N
MFS-6-153C-N
MFS-6-162C-N
MFS-7-113C-N
MFS-7-153C-N
MFS-7-163C-N
MFS-8-113B-N
MFS-8-143A-N
MFS-8-153B-N
MFS-8-163B-N
MFS-10-122A
MFS-10-143A-N
MFS-10-144A-N
MFS-12-122A-N
MFS-12E-122A-N
MFS-12-122B-N
MFS-12E-122B-N
MFS-12-122C-N
MFS-12E-122C-N
MFS-12-124A-N
MFS-12-132B-N
MFS-12E-132B-N
MFS-12-132C-N
MFS-12E-132C-N
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-12E-143A-N
MFS-13-122A-N
MFS-13-122B-N
MFS-13B-122B-N
MFS-13-122C-N
MFS-13B-122C-N
MFS-13-132B-N
MFS-13-132C-N
MFS-13B-132B-N
MFS-13B-132C-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-14-122A-N
MFS-14-124A-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-14-144A-N
MFS-16-122A-N
MFS-16-133A-N
MFS-16-135A-N
MFS-16-143A-N
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-192A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
n Lower mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) n Generally, on-road service (less than 10% off-road)
n An average of three (3) miles between starting and stopping Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.

General Service Vehicles
Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
General Service Typically Is

GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION
1 Can also be used with reduced steer angles in tag position in Coach Applications. 5 MS-17-13X
MS-17-14X
MS-19-13X
MS-19-14X
RS-17-144/145/A
RS-19-144/145/A
MS-21-13X
MS-21-14X
MS-21-144
MS-23-17X
RS-21-145/A
RS-21-160
RC-22-145
RC-22-145/A
RC-23-160
RC-23-161
RC-23-162 1
RC-23-165 1
RS-23-160
RS-23-161
RS-23-186
RS-24-160
RC-25-160
RS-26-185
MS-26-616
MS-26-616-SP
RS-30-185
MS-30-616
MS-30-616-SP
RS-35-380
71162
71163
79163
Rear Drive Single Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
1 3/Unl/P&L if PreSet by Meritor.

MT-34-14X/P
RT-34-144/P/A
MT-40-14T/P
MT-40-14X/P
MT-40-14XHE
MT-40-144/P
RT-40-145/A
MT-44-14X/P
RT-44-145/P
RT-46-169
MT-52-616
RT-52-1851
MT-58-616
RT-58-1851
MT-70-380
RZ-188
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
1 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN.

Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

MX-08-130-FV (FSD-08A)
MX-10-130-FV (FSD-10A)
MX-12-130-FV (FSD-12A)
MX-13-130-FV (FSD-13A)
MX-14-130-FV (FSD-14A)
MX-16-130-FV (FSD-16A)
MX-18-130-FV (FSD-18A)
MX-18-130-SD (SDA-1800)
MX-20-130-FV (FSD-20A)
MX-21-130-FV (FSD-21A)
MX-21-130-SD (SDA-2100)
MX-23-130-FV (FSD-23A)
MX-23-130-SD (SDA-2300)
MX-29-130-FV (FSD-29A)
Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
RT-40-160/P
RT-46-160/P
RT-46-164EH/P
RT-50-160/P
RZ-166
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem -
3/Unl/P&L
RPL 4/400/P , 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 3/350/P , 1/Unl/P&L
155N 1/Unl/P
92N 1/Unl/P
Drivelines
11170
523
RND-14H
RND-16A
Rear Drive Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
MPT-318
MPT-500
MPT-510
MPT-518
MPT-526
MPT-531
MPT-543
MPT-170
MPT-1702
MPT-175
MPT-185
MPT-190
PTO – 1/Unl/P&L
516 FAT 30
Transmission – 1/Unl/P&L
Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Cam P3 2/200/P
Cam 3/Unl/P
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake ™ 3 2/200/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
ASA3 2/200/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
STEELite X30 Drum Brake™ 2 12-Years or Wearable Life/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake™ 2/Unl/P&L
1 Includes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA lubrication and wear coverage of 1/Unl/P . 2 Based on stamped wear diameter max.
3 Applies to Tour Bus and Cross Country Coach only.

Beam and Brackets 1 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems 2
Standard System 3 1/Unl/P&L
AxlePak5 4 5/P&L
AxlePak7 5 7/P&L
1 9000 Series is 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
2 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 3 When installed by Meritor.
4 When specified with AxlePak5 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L.
5 When specified with AxlePak7 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 7/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L.
(For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.)
Beam & Brackets 6/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems 1
Standard System 1/Unl/P&L
AxlePak7 7/P&L
Beam and Brackets 7/P , 1/L
1 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage.

MPA38/40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram) 1
Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Curbing Damage Warranty 2 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs 2/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Bushings 5/P , 3/L
PinLoc Air Controls 1/Unl/P&L
PinLoc Air Actuator 3/Unl/P&L
MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram)
Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs 2/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Bushings 5/P , 3/L
MTA (Trailing Arm)
Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs and Rebound Straps 2/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Bushings 3 5/Unl/P , 3/Unl/L
(For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) 1 Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl/P&L when torqued by Meritor 2 “Curbing damage” is defined as deformation (bending, buckling, or breakage), caused by sudden impact with a curb or similar fixed object. Damage to the RideSentry slider box (the suspension sliding subframe, consisting of the frame rails, crossmembers, and central A-frame assembly), caused by accidental trailer impact with a curb or similar fixed object, is eligible for warranty coverage.

Damage to other components or damage resulting from collision with another vehicle, rollover or fire is not covered under this provision. Warranty is not transferrable to another trailer VIN, and coverage does not apply if the trailer is deemed to be a total loss, scrapped, or otherwise not salvageable. 3 Raw wood applications 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
MTIS Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
TQ, TQD, TR, TRD Beam and Brackets 1 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L MC14002, MC16003, FH946 2/Unl/P&L
(For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.)
1 3/Unl/P&L if sold with PreSet by Meritor.

Brake Components
Trailer Axles
Chassis Axles (2000 Series/ChassiPak)
Trailer Air Suspension Systems
Meritor® Tire Inflation System
TAG/Pusher Axles
6 GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION

Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle
n Airport Rescue Fire Fighting
(ARFF)
n Airport Shuttle*
n Asphalt Truck
n Block Truck
n Bottom Dump Trailer
Combination
n Cementing Vehicle
n Commercial Pick-Up
n Concrete Pumper
n Construction Material Hauler
n Mixer
n Demolition
n Drill Rig
n Dump
n Equipment Hauling
n Flatbed Trailer Hauler
n Flatbed Truck
n Fracturing Truck
n Front Loader
n Geophysical Exploration
n Hopper Trailer Combinations
n Landscaping Truck
n Liquid Waste Hauler
n Log Hauling
n Lowboy
n Michigan Special Gravel Trains
n Michigan Special Log Hauler
n Michigan Special Steel Hauler
n Michigan Special Waste Vehicle
n Municipal Dump
n Rear Loader (Refuse)
n Recycling Truck
n Residential Pick-Up (Refuse)
n Rigging Truck
n Roll-Off
n Scrap Truck
n Semi-End Dump
n Sewer/Septic Vacuum
n Shuttle Bus*
n Side Loader
n Snowplow/Snowblower
n Steel Hauling
n Tanker
n Tank Truck
n Tractors with Pole Trailers
n Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps
n Transfer Dump
n Transfer Vehicle
n Utility Truck
n Winch Truck
n Moderate mileage operation (less than 60,000 miles per year) n On/Off road vocations (10% or more off-road)
n Moderate to frequent stops/starts (up to 10 stops per mile) Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/ or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.

Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle Typically Is
FD-965
FF-941
FF-942
FF-943
FF-944
FF-946
FF-961
FF-966
FF-967
FG-941
FG-943
FH-941
FH-946
FL-941
FL-943
MFS-6-151A-N
MFS-6-153B
MFS-6-162B
MFS-6-162C
MFS-7-113C-N
MFS-7-153C-N
MFS-7-163C-N
MFS-8-113B-N
MFS-8-153B-N
MFS-8-163B-N
MFS-10-122A
MFS-10-143A-N
MFS-10-144A-N
MFS-12-122
MFS-12E-122
MFS-12-122B-N
MFS-12E-122B-N
MFS-12-122C-N
MFS-12E-122C-N
MFS-12-124A-N
MFS-12-132B-N
MFS-12E-132B-N
MFS-12-132C-N
MFS-12E-132C-N
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-12-155
MFS-13-122
MFS-13-122B-N
MFS-13B-122B-N
MFS-13-122C-N
MFS-13B-122C-N
MFS-13-132B-N
MFS-13B-132B-N
MFS-13-132C-N
MFS-13B-132C-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-13-155
MFS-14-122
MFS-14-124A-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-14-144A-N
MFS-16-122A-N
MFS-16-133A-N
MFS-16-135A-N
MFS-16-143A-N
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-192A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-192A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
RF-16-145
RF-21-160
MX-10-120
MX-10-120 EVO
MX-12-120
MX-12-120 EVO
MX-14-120
MX-16-120
MX-18-120
MX-17-140
MX-19-140
MX-21-140
MX-21-160
MX-23-160
MX-810
Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L

HEAVY SERVICE/SPECIAL TY VEHICLE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
7 *Commercial chassis only
MS-17-14X
RS-17-144/145/A
MS-19-14X
RS-19-144
MS-21-114
MS-21-14X
RS-21-145
RS-21-145/A
RS-21-160
RC-22-145
RC-23-160
RH-23-160
RS-23-160
RC-23-161
RS-23-161
RS-23-186/380
RS-24-160
RS-25-160
MS-26-616
MS-26-616-SP
RS-26-185/380
MS-30-616
MS-30-616-SP
RS-30-185/380
MS-35-380
RS-38-380
RC-25-160
RC-26-633
MT-58-616
MT-58-616-SP
Rear Drive Single Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
RPL 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/P&L
92N 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 1/Unl/P&L
Drivelines
11170
523
RND-14H
RND-16A
Rear Drive Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
MX-08-130-FV (FSD-08A)
MX-10-130-FV (FSD-10A)
MX-12-130-FV (FSD-12A)
MX-13-130-FV (FSD-13A)
MX-14-130-FV (FSD-14A)
MX-16-130-FV (FSD-16A)
MX-18-130-FV (FSD-18A)
MX-18-130-SD (SDA-1800)
MX-20-130-FV (FSD-20A)
MX-21-130-FV (FSD-21A)
MX-21-130-SD (SDA-2100)
MX-23-130-FV (FSD-23A)
MX-23-130-SD (SDA-2300)
MX-29-130-FV (FSD-29A)
Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
MPT-318
MPT-500
MPT-510
MPT-518
MPT-526
MPT-531
MPT-543
MPT-170
MPT-1702
MPT-175
MPT-185
MPT-190
PTO – 1/Unl/P&L
516
FAT 30
Transmission – 1/Unl/P&L
MT-34-14X/P
RT-34-144/P/A
MT-40-14X/P
RT-40-145/A
MT-44-14X/P
RT-44-145/P
RT-46-169
RT-58-160
MT-52-616
MT-52-616-SP
RT-52-185/380 1,2
MT-58-616
MT-58-616-SP
RT-58-185/380 1,2
RT-70-380
MT-70-380
RZ-188
Cam P 3/Unl/P
Cam P3 2/100/P
Cam Cast Plus™ 2/100/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™ 2 2/100/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
ASA2 2/100/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and
Other Wheel-end
Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake 2/100/P&L
1 Based on stamped wear diameter max.
2 Applies to City Bus, Trolley, Shuttle Bus and Airport Shuttle only.
3 Warranty for all non-Meritor ASAs supplied by
Meritor for all Heavy Service vocations is 1/100/P .

RT-40-160/P/A 3
RT-46-160/P/A 1,3
RT-46-164EH/P/A 2,3
RT-50-160/P/A 3
RZ-166
1 U.S. only. Canadian warranty = 1/Unl/P for
combination vehicles only.
2 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact
Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details.
3 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application
Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior
to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis
number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter
#303 and #396 for further details.
1 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. 2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN.

Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
Brake Components Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem -
3/Unl/P&L MTA (Trailing Arm)
Major Structural Components1 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs 2/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Bushings 1 5/Unl/P , 3/Unl/L
1 Raw wood applications 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
(For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate
product warranties.)
Trailer Air Suspension Systems
MTIS Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Meritor Tire Inflation System
Beam and Brackets 1 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems 2
Standard System 3 1/Unl/P&L
1 9000 Series is 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L.
2 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all
systems require annual inspections and proper
documentation to ensure full coverage.
3 When installed by Meritor.
(For brake components and ABS coverage,
refer to appropriate product warranties.)
Trailer Axles
8 HEAVY SERVICE/SPECIAL TY VEHICLE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
MTC-4213
MTC-4210
MTC-4208
MTC-4206-FV (TC-38)
MTC-3106-FV (TC-137)
MTC-3111 (T-2111)
MTC-3112-CV (529 & 548C)
MTC-3116 (T-2111)
MTC-3118-FV (TC-180 & TC-180-23)
MTC-3118-CV (358)
MTC-3120-FV (TC-143)
MTC-3124 (T-2119)
MTC-3205-GV (MTC-25/247)
MTC-3205-GV (MTC-25/350)
MTC-3205-GV (RTC-25/350)
MTC-3206-FV (TC-237)
MTC-3206-CS (544)
MTC-3208-GV (RTC-50)
MTC-3209-GV (RTC-60/420)
MTC-3209-GV (RTC-60/380)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/420)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/380)
MTC-3212-CV (315 & 548B)
MTC-3312-FV (TC-270)
MTC-3220-FC (TC-142)
MTC-2212-CV (306)
Transfer Cases – 1/Unl/P
MGX-240
MGX-279
MGX-279D
MGX-280
MGX-285
MGX-292
MGX-314
MGX-376
MGX-377
MGX-378
MGX-380
MGX-384
MGX-402
MGX-413
MGX-448
MGX-456
MGX-478
MGX-480
MGX-487
MGX-488
MGX-505
MGX-506
MGX-514
MGX-519
MGX-520
MGX-522
MGX-524
MGX-527
MGX-528
MGX-533
MGX-534
MGX-536
MGX-537
MGX-541
MGX-545
MGX-546
MGX-550
Gearboxes – 1/Unl/P&L
n Aerial Ladder Truck
n Aerial Platform
n Ambulance
n Command Vehicle
n Crash Fire Rescue (CFR)
n Pumper
n Rapid Intervention Vehicle (RIV)
n Tanker
FL-941
FL-943
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
MX-19140
MX-21140
MX-21160
MX-23160
MX-23810
n Lower mileage operations (less than 20,000 miles/year) n Generally, on-road service (less than 10% off-road)
n An average of three (3) miles between starting and stopping Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.

Fire and Emergency Vehicles
Cam 3/Unl/P
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake™ 2/Unl/P&L
1 Includes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA lubrication and wear coverage of 1/Unl/P .

Brake ComponentsFront Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/Unl/P&L Front Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
Fire and Emergency Typically Is
RPL 4/400/P , 1/Unl/L
MXL 3/350/P , 1/Unl/L
155N 1/Unl/P
92N 1/Unl/P
Drivelines
MTC-4208
MTC-4210
MTC-4213
MTC-3111 (T-2111)
MTC-3116 (T-2111)
MTC-3124 (T-2119)
Transfer Cases – 1/Unl/P
RC-23-160
RS-23-160
RS-23-161
RS-23-186
RS-24-160
RC-25-160
RS-26-185
RS-30-185
RS-35-380
RS-25-160
Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/Unl/P&L
1 3/Unl/P&L if PreSet by Meritor.

MT-40-14X/P
MT-40-144/P
RT-40-145/A
RT-40-160/P
MT-44-14X/P
RT-44-145/P
RT-46-160/P
RT-46-164EH/P
RT-46-169
RT-50-160/P
MT-52-616
RT-52-1851
MT-58-616
RT-58-1851
MT-70-380
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 5/Unl/P&L
1 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

FIRE AND EMERGENCY WARRANTY INFORMATION
9 Transit Bus Vehicles
Cam Cast Plus™ 2/100/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™ 1 2/100/P&L
ASA1 2/100/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and
Other Wheel-end
Components 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake 2/100/P&L
1 Applies to City Bus, Trolley, Shuttle Bus and Airport Shuttle only.

MC-26000
71063
79063
Brake Components Center Non-drive Axles – 5/300/P&L
n Airport Shuttle
n City Bus
n Commuter Coach
n Shuttle Bus
n Transit Bus
n Trolley
n Moderate mileage operation (less than 50,000 miles per year) n Moderate to frequent stops/starts (up to 10 stops per mile) Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP- 9441 for axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.

Transit Bus Typically Is
FH-946
FH-941 1
MFS-12-155
MFS-13-155
RS-23-160
RC-23-161
71163
79163
RC-23-162 1
RC-23-165 1
RS-21-160
Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/300/P&L
Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/300/P&L
RPL 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
92N 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 1/Unl/P&L
MC-14002
MC-16003
FH-946
Drivelines
Tag Axles – 2/Unl/P&L

TRANSIT BUS WARRANTY INFORMATION
10 1 Commuter coach only – 2/Unl/P&L
1 Commuter coach only – 2/Unl/P&L
Industrial And Off-Highway Service Vehicles
n Load-On/Load-Off
n Port Tractor
n Rail Yard Spotter
n Roll-On/Roll-Off
n Stevedoring Tractor
n Trailer Spotter
n Yard Jockey
n All-Terrain Crane
n Rough Terrain Crane
n Forestry
n Material Handling
n Specialized Heavy Haul
n Specialized Mining
n Excavator
n Compactor
n Fertilizer Spreader
n Snow Blower
n Mining
n Rail Car Mover
n Loader
n Tow Tractor
n Pushback Tractor
n Low mileage operation
n Low speed vehicle speed restriction
n Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use
n Six (6) starts/stops per mile (typical)
Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.

RPL MXL
FF - 941
FF - 943
FF - 961
FF - 966
FG - 941
FG - 943
FL - 941
FL - 943
FN - 951
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-16-122A-N
MFS-16-133A-N
MFS-16-135A-N
MFS-16-143A-N
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-192A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
MON-Z0 FAMILY
Industrial And Off-Highway Service Typically Is
Drivelines – 1/Unl/P
MOB
MOC
MOD
MOE
MOF
MOG
MOH
MOR
MOS
MOT
MOX
MOY
MOZ
Planetary Axles – 1/Unl/P
Cam P 3/Unl/P
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
Brake ComponentsFront Non-Drive Steer Axles – 1/Unl/P

OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE WARRANTY

INFORMATION
11 MTC-4213
MTC-4210
MTC-4208
MTC-4206-FV (TC-38)
MTC-3106-FV (TC-137)
MTC-3111 (T-2111)
MTC-3112-CV (529 & 548C)
MTC-3116 (T-2111)
MTC-3118-FV (TC-180 & TC-180-23)
MTC-3118-CV (358)
MTC-3120-FV (TC-143)
MTC-3124 (T-2119)
MTC-3205-GV (MTC-25/247)
MTC-3205-GV (MTC-25/350)
MTC-3205-GV (RTC-25/350)
MTC-3206-FV (TC-237)
MTC-3206-CS (544)
MTC-3208-GV (RTC-50)
MTC-3209-GV (RTC-60/420)
MTC-3209-GV (RTC-60/380)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/420)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/380)
MTC-3212-CV (315 & 548B)
MTC-3312-FV (TC-270)
MTC-3220-FC (TC-142)
MTC-2212-CV (306)
Transfer Cases – 1/Unl/P
MGX-240
MGX-279
MGX-279D
MGX-280
MGX-285
MGX-292
MGX-314
MGX-376
MGX-377
MGX-378
MGX-380
MGX-384
MGX-402
MGX-413
MGX-448
MGX-456
MGX-478
MGX-480
MGX-487
MGX-488
MGX-505
MGX-506
MGX-514
MGX-519
MGX-520
MGX-522
MGX-524
MGX-527
MGX-528
MGX-533
MGX-534
MGX-536
MGX-537
MGX-541
MGX-545
MGX-546
MGX-550
Gearboxes – 1/Unl/P&L
Coverage Exclusions
Product Description
All
The cost of any repairs, replacements or adjustments to a covered component (1) associated with noise; (2) resulting from the use or installation of non-genuine Meritor components or materials; (3) due to vibration associated with improper operation or misapplication of drivetrain components; and (4) damage resulting from corrosion.

For axle assemblies supplied by Meritor with suspension and in - terface brackets designed and/or attached by non-Meritor parties, Meritor warranty coverage does not apply to the brackets, bracket attachment methods, and field issues caused by brackets or bracket attachments to any covered component unless specified in a separate OEM agreement.

Front Axles
King Pin Bushings.

Rear Axles
Self-contained traction equalizers and oil filters. The use of NoSPIN differentials will result in the exclusion of axle shafts from warranty considerations. NoSPIN is a product of Eaton.

ASA
Boot and bushing. Bent, broken, over-torqued, missing or otherwise damaged pawl assemblies.

Cam Brake
Brake lining wear and brake shoe “rust-jacking.”
Disc Brake
Pad wear, rotor wear.

Coverage Limitations
Product Description
All
Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program. Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited miles parts only (1/Unl/P).

Front Axles
Tie rod and tie rod ends limited to 3-year/300,000-mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Meritor.

Rear Axles
Pinion and through shaft seals limited to 3-year/300,000-mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less, if yoke is installed by Meritor. If yoke is not installed by Meritor, then Meritor does not warrant pinion seals. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Meritor.

Rear Axles
The Meritor ® breather part number A-2297-C-8765 with
A-3196-J-1336 hose must be used for eligibility of any potential warranty consideration relating to contamination and/or loss of lube in axles.

Cam Brake
Limited to bracket, brake spider and camshaft structural integrity.

STEELite X30
Wearable life is up to the discard diameter of the drum.

Disc Brake
Warranty coverage for boots, seals, bushings and pins is 2/200/P .

Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P .

Warranty coverage on vehicles with 1,850 lb-ft engine torque and over may be reduced on individual drivetrain components. Contact your Meritor representative for specific details.
12 TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Litho in USA, SP-95155
Revised 1-19 (47865/11900)
Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC
2135 West Maple Road
Troy, Michigan 48084 USA
Product models, brands, names and trademarks depicted herein are the property of their respective owners and, except where otherwise indicated, are not in any way associated with Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC, or any parent or affiliate, thereof.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS
(1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty?
Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC warrants to the owner (“Owner”) that the components listed in this publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) as original equipment in vehicles licensed for on-highway use, will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins only after the expiration of the OEM’s vehicle warranty for the applicable covered components. Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner, or, the applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first.

Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed elsewhere in this warranty statement.

Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the component. Other components are warranted for both parts and reasonable labor to repair or replace the subject component.

Components (whether new, used or remanufactured) installed as replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty.

For certain components, coverage requires the use of specific extended drain interval or synthetic lubricants. For further information about lubrication and maintenance, see Meritor publication Maintenance Manual Number l and the applicable Meritor
maintenance manual for the product in question. Other conditions and limitations applicable to this warranty are detailed below. (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required.

To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify Meritor through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the Meritor components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle in-service date. This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or with Meritor directly. Failure to notify Meritor of (I) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (II) a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) from the initial in-service date.

A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also notify Meritor as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to Meritor or through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use.

Coverage under Meritor’s warranty requires that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.
(3) What is the Cost of this Warranty?
There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty.
(4) What is not Covered by this Warranty?
This warranty does not cover normal wear and tear; nor does it cover a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (I) improper installation, adjustment, repair or modification (including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle’s configuration, usage, or vocation from that which was originally approved by Meritor), (II) accident, natural disaster, abuse, or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the axle and/or driveline capacity), or (III) improper or insufficient maintenance (including deviation from approved lubricants, change intervals, or lube levels). This warranty does not cover any component or part that is not branded by Meritor. For vehicles that operate full or part time outside of the United States and Canada, a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) will apply. (5) Remedy.

The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or replacement of the defective component at Meritor’s option. Meritor reserves the right to require that all applicable failed materials are available and/or returned to Meritor for review and evaluation. (6) Disclaimer of Warranty.

THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES

OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY INCLUDING

ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
(7) Limitation of Remedies.

In no event shall Meritor be liable for special, incidental, indirect, or consequential damages of any kind or under any legal theory, including, but not limited to, towing, downtime, lost productivity, cargo damage, taxes, or any other losses or costs resulting from a defective covered component.
(8) To Obtain Service.

If the Owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either Meritor or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or authorized Meritor service location.

The dealer will inspect the vehicle and contact Meritor for an evalu - ation of the claim. When authorized by Meritor, the dealer will repair or replace during the term of this warranty any defective Meritor component covered by this warranty.
(9) Entire Agreement.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

SUPPLIER
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The Meritor axle shall be covered by Meritor as indicated in the attached Meritor warranty coverage description

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

The exclusions listed in the attached Meritor warranty
description shall apply.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

Five (5) YearsWarranty Period
Ends After:

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

MERITOR
®

COMMERCIAL

Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited miles parts only (1/Unl/P).

Effective Model Year 2020 Vehicles

WARRANTY INFORMATION CONTENTS

TQ, TQD, TR, TRD Beam and Brackets 5/750/P&L
1 For brake components and ABS Coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.

General Service Vehicles
Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
General Service Typically Is

Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

Brake Components
Trailer Axles
Chassis Axles (2000 Series/ChassiPak)
Trailer Air Suspension Systems
Meritor® Tire Inflation System
TAG/Pusher Axles
6 GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION

HEAVY SERVICE/SPECIAL TY VEHICLE

Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE WARRANTY

Front Axles
King Pin Bushings.

Rear Axles
Self-contained traction equalizers and oil filters. The use of NoSPIN differentials will result in the exclusion of axle shafts from warranty considerations. NoSPIN is a product of Eaton.

ASA
Boot and bushing. Bent, broken, over-torqued, missing or otherwise damaged pawl assemblies.

Cam Brake
Brake lining wear and brake shoe “rust-jacking.”
Disc Brake
Pad wear, rotor wear.

Cam Brake
Limited to bracket, brake spider and camshaft structural integrity.

STEELite X30
Wearable life is up to the discard diameter of the drum.

Disc Brake
Warranty coverage for boots, seals, bushings and pins is 2/200/P .

Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P .

Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed elsewhere in this warranty statement.

THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES

OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY INCLUDING

ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
(7) Limitation of Remedies.

This is the entire agreement between Meritor and the Owner about warranty and no Meritor employee or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of Meritor. This agreement allocates the responsibilities for component failure between Meritor and the Owner. )LUHDQG5HVFXH$SSDUDWXV
Coverage:
7KUHH

<HDU0DWHULDODQG:RUNPDQVKLS
0HULWRU:DEFR$%6%UDNH6\VWHP
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The Meritor Wabco ABS brake system shall be covered by
Meritor Wabco as indicated in the attached Meritor Wabco warranty coverage description
/,0,7(':$55$17<
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.

Three (3) YearWarranty Period
Ends After:

The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

The exclusions listed in the attached Meritor Wabco warranty description shall apply.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
(;&/86,212)&216(48(17,$/$1',1&,'(17$/'$0$*(6
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
%8<(5
6(;&/86,9(5(0('<
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.
2/25/2013 WA0232
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
',6&/$,0(562):$55$17,(6
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

WARRANTY
Warranty coverage is essential to protecting your investment. But understanding the full details of your coverage can be challenging. This straightforward approach allows you, our valued customer, to better understand how your specific vehicle applications will be covered in your region. Our component warranty coverage is provided according to vocation/usage categories listed below. • Linehaul covers high mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year) on well-maintained major highways of concrete or asphalt construction.
• General Service covers moderate mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) on well-maintained public roads (less than 10 percent off-road) typically with less than three (3) stops per mile. • Heavy Service (Vocational) covers vehicles with more than 10 percent off-road OR moderate to frequent starts/stops typically with more than three (3) stops per mile.
• Off-Highway Service covers lower mileage operations. Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use. • The standard aftermarket warranty for WABCO products - including WABCO Original parts, WABCO Reman Solutions, ProVia quality aftermarket parts and WABCO retrofit solutions - is one year, parts only from in-service date when purchased from ZF distributor networks or its affiliates and/or subsidiaries.

MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
How to Read Warranty Coverage (Example)
Number of Years Mileage (in thousands) Unl=Unlimited P=Parts Only P&L=Parts & Labor 3 300 P
WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
¹ ZF and WABCO branded components.
2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 An extended warranty of 4/400/P will apply when a WABCO Trailer Control Line Filter is used in combination with a WABCO Trailer ABS valve.
• Aerial Ladder Truck
• Aerial Platform
• Ambulance
• Auto Hauler
• Beverage Truck
• Bulk Hauler
• Chip Hauler (Truck)
• Cross Country Coach
• Doubles
• Flatbed
• Front Engine Commercial
Chassis
• Front Engine Integral
Coach
• General Freight
• Grain Hauler
• Intercity Coach
• Intermodal Chassis
• Livestock Hauler
• Meat Packer
• Moving Van
• Municipal Truck
• Pipe Hauler
• Platform Auto Hauler
• Pumper
• Rear Engine Integral Coach
• Recreational Vehicles
• Refrigerated Freight
• School Bus
• Stake Truck
• Tanker
• Tanker Truck
• Triples
• Tour Bus
• Wrecker

LINEHAUL/GENERAL SERVICE VEHICLES

LINEHAUL/GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION

LINEHAUL TYPICALLY IS
• High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year)
• Well maintained major highways of concrete or
asphalt construction

GENERAL SERVICE TYPICALLY IS
• Moderate mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) • Well maintained public roads (less than 10% off-road) • Less than three (3) stops per mile
WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
1/100/P&LTrailer Lift Axle Control Valve
Trailer Control Line Filter3
Air Compressors (ALL)2 2/200/P&L
Air Dryers (ALL) 3/300/P&L
Aerodynamics
OptiFlow® TrailerSkirt 2/UnU/P
OptiFlow® Trailer Tail and AutoTail 2/UnI/P
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air
3/300/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic
Electronic Braking System (EBS)
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
Roll Stability Control (RSS)
Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS)
Trailer ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System)
3 Driveline Suspension Control
Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L
Leveling Valves
1/100/P&L
OptiRide® Automated Manual Transmission (AMT)
OptiRide® Electronically Controlled Air Suspension
(ECAS) 3/300/P&L
WABCO Components1 (cont.)
Safety
OnGuardACTIVE®
3/300/P&L
OnLane®
OnLaneALERT®
OnSide®
Trailer SafeStart™
Trailer TailGUARD™
Telematics
TrailerCAST™ Telematics Device 3/300/P&L
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 6/600/P
MAXXUS™ Truck Air Disc Brake 5/500/P&L
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 17 and 19 Air Disc Brake 2/Unl/P and
1/Unl/L
Pan 22 Air Disc Brake 5/500/P and 1/L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV or IRB 6/600/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 3/300/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 2/200/P
Trailer MAXX22T™ Air Disc Brake 5/500/P and 1/L
1 ZF and WABCO branded components. 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 An extended warranty of 4/400/P will apply when a WABCO Trailer Control Line Filter is used in combination with a WABCO Trailer ABS valve.

WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
1/100/P&L
Air Compressors (ALL)2
Air Dryers (ALL)
Trailer Control Line Filter3
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air 3/300/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic 2/200/P&L
Electronic Braking System (EBS)
3/300/P&L
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
Trailer ABS Valve3
Roll Stability Control (RSS)
Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS)
Driveline Suspension Control
OptiRide® Electronically Controlled Air Suspension
(ECAS) 2/200/P&L
Leveling Valves 1/100/P&L
Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L
Safety
OnGuardACTIVE®
3/300/P&L
OnLane®
OnLaneALERT®
OnSide®
Trailer SafeStart™
Trailer TailGUARD™
Telematics
TrailerCAST™ Telematics Device 3/300/P&L
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 2/200/P
MAXXUS™ Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 22, 19 and 17 Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
Trailer MAXX22T™ 1/Unl/P&L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV 3/Unl/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 2/200/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 1/100/P
• Airport Rescue Fire (ARF)
• Airport Shuttle
• Asphalt Truck
• Block Truck
• Bottom Dump Trailer
Combination
• Cementing Vehicle
• City Bus
• Commercial Pick-Up
• Concrete Pumper
• Construction Material Hauler
• Crash Fire Rescue (CFR)
• Mixer
• Demolition
• Drill Rig
• Dump
• Emergency Service
• Equipment Hauling
• Flatbed Trailer Hauler
• Flatbed Truck
• Fracturing Truck
• Front Loader
• Geophysical Exploration
• Hopper Trailer Combinations
• Landscaping Truck
• Liquid Waste Hauler
• Log Hauling
• Lowboy
• Michigan Special
Gravel Trains
• Michigan Special
Log Hauler
• Michigan Special
Steel Hauler
• Michigan Special
Waste Vehicle
• Municipal Dump
• Newspaper Delivery
• Package Delivery
• Pick-up and Delivery
• Rapid Intervention
Vehicle (RIV)
• Rear Loader
• Recycling Truck
• Residential Pick-Up/Waste
• Rigging Truck
• Roll-Off
• Scrap Truck
• Semi-End Dump
• Sewer/Septic Vacuum
• Shuttle Bus
• Side Loader
• Snowplow/Snowblower
• Steel Hauling
• Tanker
• Tank Truck
• Tractors with Pole Trailers
• Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps
• Transfer Dump
• Transfer Vehicle
• Transit Bus
• Trolley
• Utility Truck
• Winch Truck

HEAVY SERVICE VEHICLES

HEAVY SERVICE (VOCATIONAL) WARRANTY INFORMATION

HEAVY SERVICE TYPICALLY IS
• On/Off road vocations (10% or more off-road) OR
• Moderate to frequent starts/stops typically more than three (3) stops per mile
WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES

INDUSTRIAL AND OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE

TYPICALLY IS
• Low mileage operation3
• Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use
¹ ZF and WABCO branded components. 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 Equivalent hours of service limit: 2,000 hours for all components.

INDUSTRIAL/OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION
WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
2/Unl/PAir Compressors (ALL)2
Air Dryers (ALL)
Brake Actuation
Air/Hydraulic Actuators
2/Unl/P
Master Cylinders
Remote Actuators
Slave and Wheel Cylinders
Two Fluid Actuators
Brake Locks
Brake Locks (ALL)
2/Unl/PElectric Brake Locks
Lever Locks
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air
1/100/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic
Driveline Suspension Control
Clutch Controls
1/100/P&L
Leveling Valves
Electrohydraulics & Controls
Electronic Pedals
2/Unl/PElectrohydraulic Brake Valves (EBV)
Pressure Switches
Hydraulic Braking Solutions
Accumulator Charging Valves
2/Unl/PHydraulic Throttle Controls and Switches
Modulating Brake Valves
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 2/200/P
Caliper Disc Brakes 2/Unl/P
MAXXUS™ Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
Multiple Disc Brakes 2/Unl/P
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 22, 19 and 17 Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV 3/Unl/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 2/200/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 1/100/P
Market Common Application Types
Agriculture
Fertilizer Spreader, Tractor, Heavy Duty Ag
Trailers, Harvester, Sprayer, Skid Loader, Silage
Bagger, Slurry Wagons, Grain Cart
Airport Support
Pushback Tractor, Towing Tugs, Aircraft Tow
Tractor, Refueling Trucks, Food Service Trucks,
Baggage Tractors, De-Icing Equipment,
Runway Clearing Equipment
Construction
All-Terrain Crane, Rough Terrain Crane,
Excavator, Compactor, Wheel Loader, Road
Roller, Motor Grader, Articulated Dump Truck,
Rubber Tire Road Roller, Backhoe Loaders,
Haul Trucks, Scraper Rough Terrain Forklifts,
Trenchers, Drills
Forestry Logging Forwarder, Kidder, Loaders, Yard
Forklifts, Harvesters Fellers
Material Handling
Port Tractor, Rail Yard Spotter, Stevedoring
Tractor, Trailer Spotter, Yard Jockey, Scissor
Lift, Straddle Carrier, Manlift, Forklift, Boom Lift
Telebandlers, Aerial Work Platforms
Mining
Specialized Mining, Excavator, Haul Truck,
Underground Loader, Service Trucks, Wheel
Loaders, Scrapers, Load Haul Dumps,
Personnel Transports, Bolters, Scalers
Municipal
Street Sweeper, Utility Tractor, Utility Trucks,
Tree Trimmers, Dump Trucks, Tow Trucks, Flat
Bed Trucks, Winch Applications
Oil & Gas
Fracturing Trailer, Injecter Heads, Top Drives,
Jack/Lift Boats, Wireline Trucks, Load-On /
Load-Off
Rail
Railcar Mover, Track Layers, Grinders, Platform
Crane, Locomotive Railcars, Ballast Equipment,
Winch Applications

ABS, ELECTRONIC STABILITY CONTROL (ESC),
ROLL STABILITY CONTROL (RSC), OPTIRIDE®,
ONGUARD® AND ONLANE®, COLLECTIVELY
“ELECTRONICS”
Failure of electronic components due to overvoltage
condition, improper grounding, electrostatic discharge
(ESD), improper shielding, electromagnetic interference (EMI), or other wiring or installation issues. Malfunctions and failure codes caused by other electronic subsystem failures (data bus, engine, transmission, dashboard, etc.)

HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS
For certain components, brake fluid DOT3 or DOT4 is
used as the operating medium. Use of any other fluid will void all warranties associated with that component. For hydraulic braking applications the brake fluid is considered a maintenance item. Maintenance intervals are listed in TB- 1367.

COVERAGE LIMITATIONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

ALL PRODUCTS
Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program.

Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, 1/Unl/P .

For vehicles that operate full- or part-time outside of the United States and Canada, a 1-Year/Unlimited Miles parts only (1/Unl/P) will apply.

TOOLBOX PLUS™ DIAGNOSTIC SOFTWARE
Proper diagnostics of WABCO Electronics may require the latest version of TOOLBOX PLUS™. Additional labor due
to use of an outdated version of TOOLBOX™ software
and/or the time to purchase or install the latest version of TOOLBOX PLUS™ are not covered under product
warranty.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

COVERAGE EXCLUSIONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

ALL PRODUCTS
This Warranty shall not apply to the following, but not limited to: (1) damage to the product or its component
parts caused by incorrect use, installation, maintenance or repair, including without limitation (a) improper fit of mating components or brackets, damaged threads, cut, broken,
chafed, pinched or otherwise damaged wiring (sensors,
harnesses and connectors), (b) sensors damaged during
removal when seized in block, or associated with sensor adjustments/ alignments, and (c) damage resulting from the use or installation of non-genuine WABCO components or
materials; (2) damage to the product, its component parts, or diminished product or component part performance due to incorrect operation, deviation from approved conditions or misapplication; (3) any unauthorized disassembly of the product or its component parts including without limitation (a) obliterated, defaced or missing WABCO or WABCO
name plate, serial numbers or label identifying the device as
a ZF product or WABCO component, (b) changes to sealed
adjusting screws, and (c) opening or attempted repair of non-serviceable components; (4) malfunction
of the component d ue to internal cont amination of t he vehicle system including without limitation (a) water and other contamination damage that is due to the use of a
non-genuine air dryer cartridge or (b) valve failures due to contamination in air system, (5) complaints associated
with noise, (6) damage resulting from corrosion (including oxidation of electrical devices and connections).

AIR DRYERS
Mounting brackets (see vehicle OEM). Desiccant cartridge housing only.

AIR SYSTEM COMPONENTS
Normal wear items; Gladhand seals, dash valve knobs,
valve actuation handles, treadles, pedals.

WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
(1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty?
ZF CV Systems North America LLC and its North American
subsidiaries and affiliates (ZF) warrant to the owner (“Owner”) that the components listed in this publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) as original equipment will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins from the original in-service date to the limits provided and runs concurrently with any warranties provided by OEMs and/or any distribution agreements and/or any service contracts that cover the components listed in this publication, if any. If the components listed in this publication are covered by an OEM warranty and/or service contract, then the OEM’s warranty and/ or service contract shall supersede ZF’s warranty and Owner shall comply with all OEM’s warranty and/or service contract requirements for claims under such OEM’s warranty and/or service contract until those agreements expire.

Once those agreements expire and provided the ZF warranty has not expired under the terms stated above, the ZF warranty will be in effect until its expiration date.

Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner, or, the applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first. Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed previously in this publication.

Additional diagnostic time due to use of an outdated version of TOOLBOX™, time to purchase or install latest version of TOOLBOX™ are the responsibility of the authorized ZF distributor networks and are not covered under product warranty. Components installed as replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty. (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required. To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify ZF through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the WABCO components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle in- service date. This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or with ZF directly. Failure to notify ZF of (I) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (II) a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) from the initial in- service date. A second Owner and each subsequent Owner
must
also notify ZF as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to ZF or through
the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use. Coverage under ZF’
s warranty requires that the application of
products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and ZF, approvals. (3) What is the Cost of this Warranty? There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty.
(4) What is not Covered by this Warranty? In addition to the items listed on "Coverage Exclusions," this warranty does not cover normal wear and tear, or service items; nor does it cover a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (a) improper handling, storage, installation, adjustment, repair or modification including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle’s configuration, usage, or vocation from that which was originally approved by ZF, (b) accident, fire or other casualty, natural disaster, road debris, negligence, misuse, abuse, or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the brake system capacity),
or (c) improper or insufficient maintenance (including deviation from maintenance intervals, approved lubricants, or lube levels). This warranty does not cover any component or part that is not sold by ZF. (5) To obtain service. If the owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either ZF or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM dealer or ZF distributor networks' servicer. The dealer or ZF authorized servicer will inspect the vehicle and contact ZF for an evaluation of the claim. When authorized by ZF, the dealer or ZF authorized servicer will repair or replace during the term of this warranty any defective WABCO component covered by this warranty. (6) Disclaimer of Warranty and Limitation of remedies. TO THE MAXIMUM

EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE LIMITED WARRANTY SET

FORTH HEREIN IS EXCLUSIVE AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER

WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARISING BY OPERATION OF

LAW OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY

IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A

PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND/OR WARRANTY FOR HIDDEN OR

LATENT DEFECTS, AND IN NO EVENT WILL ZF OR ANY OF ITS

AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,

PROGRESSIVE, SPECIAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY
KIND.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS
(7) Legal action. Any legal action or claim arising from or related to this Warranty, in contract or otherwise, must be commenced within one year from the accrual of that cause of action, or be barred forever. Any dispute arising in connection with this agreement shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of Michigan and be brought, heard and determined exclusively in either the Circuit Court for the County of Oakland, State of Michigan or the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Michigan. The parties stipulate that the referenced venues are convenient.
(8) Remedy. The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or replacement of the defective component at ZF's option. ZF reserves the right to require that all applicable covered components are available and/or returned to ZF
for review
and evaluation. THE MAXIMUM LIABILITY, IF ANY, OF ZF FOR ALL

DAMAGES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION CONTRACT

DAMAGES, BREACH OF WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT

LIABILITY, OR OTHER TORT, IS LIMITED TO AN AMOUNT NOT TO EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT and where
indicated in the product and application warranty information above, the inclusion of labor is limited to the standard repair time. THE

PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT THE LIMITATION

OF DAMAGES PROVISION SET FORTH IN THIS PARAGRAPH

SURVIVES BETWEEN THE ORIGINAL END USER AND ZF EVEN IF

THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY SET FORTH ABOVE IS DEEMED TO FAIL
OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE. ZF may change the design or make improvements to its Products without incurring any warranty obligation for previously manufactured Product .
(9) Entire Agreement. This is the entire agreement between ZF and the Owner about warranty and no, ZF employee, or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of ZF unless in writing and signed by an authorized representative of ZF.

About ZF Friedrichshafen AG
ZF is a global technology company and supplies systems for passenger cars, commercial vehicles and industrial technology, enabling the next generation of mobility. ZF allows vehicles to see, think and act. In the four technology domains Vehicle Motion Control, Integrated Safety, Automated Driving, and Electric Mobility, ZF offers comprehensive solutions for established vehicle manufacturers and newly emerging transport and mobility service providers. ZF electrifies different kinds of vehicles. With its products, the company contributes to reducing emissions and protecting the climate.

ZF, which acquired WABCO Holdings Inc. on May 29, 2020, now has 160,000 employees worldwide with approximately 260 locations in 41 countries. In 2019, the two then-independent companies achieved sales of €36.5 billion (ZF) and $3.4 billion (WABCO). For more information, visit: www.wabco-na.com
© 2021
ZF CV Systems North America LLC - All rights reserved - SP1375 / 2.2021 For further product details contact your distributor or the WABCO Customer Care Center at 855-228-3203.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty applies only to the cab tubular support and mounting structures and other structural components of the cab of the vehicle model, as identified in the Pierce
specifications for the Fire and Rescue Apparatus.

This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Ten (10) Year Structural Integrity
Custom Cab
Ten (10) Years
- or -
100,000 Miles
Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

The Pierce Custom Cab shall be free from structural failures caused by defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Ten (10) Year Pro-Rated Paint and Corrosion
Cab
Ten (10) YearsWarranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

Exterior surfaces of the cab painted by Pierce shall be free from blistering, peeling, corrosion or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty is applicable to the vehicle in the following percentage costs of warranty repair, if any:

Topcoat Durability & Appearance: Gloss, Color Retention & Cracking
0-72 months 100%
73-96 months 50%
97-120 months 25%
Integrity of Coating System: Adhesion, Blistering/Bubbling 0-36 months 100%
37-84 months 50%
85-120 months 25%
Corrosion: Dissimilar Metal and Crevice
0-36 months 100%
37-48 months 50%
49-72 months 25%
73-120 months 10%
Corrosion Perforation
0-120 months 100%
This limited warranty applies only to exterior paint. Paint on the vehicle's interior is warranted only under the Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty.

Items not covered by this warranty include:
(a) Damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and maintenance manual).
(b) UV paint fade.
(c) Any cab not manufactured by Pierce.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty applies to all of the control modules for the Command Zone system, including the full color graphic displays. Related wire harnesses, cables and connectors are not covered under this limited warranty and are instead covered under the Pierce One Year Basic Apparatus Limited Warranty.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Five (5) Year Material and Workmanship
Command Zone Electronics
Five (5) YearsWarranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

Command Zone control modules shall be free from failures caused by defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty does not apply to related wire
harnesses, cables, and connectors, which are covered by the Pierce one (1) year basic apparatus limited warranty.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:
54 Months Material and Workmanship
Camera System
Fifty - Four (54) monthsWarranty Period
Ends After:

The date of delivery.Warranty Begins:

This limited warranty covers repairs to correct any defect related to materials or workmanship of the Sharpvision
camera system installed on the apparatus occuring during th e
warranty period.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Ten (10) Year Material and Workmanship
Pierce 12V LED Strip Light
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

This limited warranty covers repairs to correct any defect related to materials or workmanship of the Pierce 12V LED strip lights installed on the apparatus occuring during the warranty period.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty does not apply to related wire
harnesses, cables, and connectors, which are covered by the Pierce one (1) year basic apparatus limited warranty.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

Ten (10) YearWarranty Period
Ends After:

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 7/5/2011 WA0203
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

NEW PRODUCT WARRANTY

PARTICIPATING OEM SALES

DISTRIBUTOR SALES

LIMITED WARRANTY ON NEW ALLISON AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONS

USED IN EMERGENCY VEHICLE APPLICATIONS

Allison Transmission will provide for repairs or replacement, at its option, during the warranty period of each new Allison transmission listed below that is installed in an Emergency Vehicle in accordance with the following te rms, conditions, and limitations.

WHAT IS COVERED
 WARRANTY APPLIES — This warranty is for new Allison transmission models listed below installed in an Emergency Vehicle and is provided to the original and any subsequent owner(s) of the vehicle during the warranty period.  REPAIRS COVERED — The warranty covers repairs or replacement, at Allison Transmission’s option, to correct any transmission malfunction resulting from defects in material or workmanship occurring during the warranty period. Needed repairs or replacements will be performed using the method Allison Transmission determines most appropriate under the circumstances.  TOWING — Towing is covered to the nearest Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer only when necessary to prevent further damage to your transmission.
 PAYMENT TERMS — Warranty repairs, including parts and labor, will be covered per the schedule shown in the chart contained in section “APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE.”  OBTAINING REPAIRS — To obtain warranty repairs, take the vehicle to any Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer within a reasonable amount of time and request the needed repairs. A reasonable amount of time must be allowed for the Distributor or Dealer to perform necessary repairs.
 TRANSMISSION REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION — Labor costs for the removal and re-installation of the transmission, when necessary to make a warranty repair, are covered by this warranty.  WARRANTY PERIOD — The warranty period for all coverages shall begin on the date the transmission is delivered to the first retail purchaser, with the following exception:

Demonstration Service - A transmission in a new truck or bus may be demonstrated to a total of 5000 miles (8000 kilometers).

If the vehicle is within this limit when sold to a retail purchaser, the warranty start date is the date of purchase. Normal warranty services are applicable to the demonstrating Dealer. Should the truck or bus be sold to a retail purchaser after these limits are reached, the warranty period will begin on the date the vehicle was first placed in demonstration service and the purchaser will be entitled to the remaining warranty.

APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE

WARRANTY LIMITATIONS
(Whichever occurs first)

ADJUSTMENT CHARGE TO BE

PAID BY THE CUSTOMER APPLICABLE
MODELS
Months
Transmission Miles
Or Kilometers Parts Labor
MT, MD
3000, 3200, 3500, 3700 0–24 No Limit No Charge No Charge HT with Hydraulic Controls 0–24 No Limit No Charge No Charge AT, 1000 Series, 2000 Series,
2400 Series 0–36 No Limit No Charge No Charge
HT with Electronic Controls 0–60 No Limit No Charge No Charge HD
1000 EVS, 2100 EVS, 2200 EVS
2350 EVS, 2500 EVS, 2550 EVS,
3000 EVS, 3500 EVS, 4000,
4000 EVS, 4500, 4500 EVS, 4700,
4700 EVS, 4800, 4800 EVS
0–60 No Limit No Charge No Charge

Page 1 of 2 ends

Alameda City CouncilNovember 7, 2023

Alameda City Council
November 7, 2023